221
AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION CENTRAL OFFICE, 1980 WEST BROAD STREET, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43216-0899 Date: January 20, 2006 To: All Current Holders of the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2 Re: Location and Design Manual, Volume Two Revisions Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or right of the revised text. The following significant revisions have been made: Tied Concrete Block Mat design criteria has been revised to use allowable shear stress in section 1102.3.2. Stream protection design criteria has been added to section 1105 Roadway Culverts. Revisions have been made to section 1112.2 Maintenance Projects. The Post Construction Storm Water Structural Best Management Practices sections 1115-1118 have been revised. Figures for section 1115-1118 have been added and or revised to accompany the changes in the text. Plan note W100 was deleted. The LD35 form was revised. The online revisions of the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2 can be found at http://www.dot.state.oh.us/se/hy/default.htm in PDF format. Technical questions or recommended changes should be directed to David Riley (614) 466-2599, Jeff Syar (614) 752-6401, or Mike Wawszkiewicz (614) 728-4585. Respectfully, David Riley, P.E. Hydraulic Section Head DR:jes

OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    4

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER

OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATIONCENTRAL OFFICE, 1980 WEST BROAD STREET, COLUMBUS, OHIO 43216-0899

Date: January 20, 2006

To: All Current Holders of the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2

Re: Location and Design Manual, Volume Two Revisions

Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions areindicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or right of the revised text. The following significantrevisions have been made:

• Tied Concrete Block Mat design criteria has been revised to use allowable shear stressin section 1102.3.2.

• Stream protection design criteria has been added to section 1105 Roadway Culverts.

• Revisions have been made to section 1112.2 Maintenance Projects.

• The Post Construction Storm Water Structural Best Management Practices sections1115-1118 have been revised.

• Figures for section 1115-1118 have been added and or revised to accompany thechanges in the text.

• Plan note W100 was deleted.

• The LD35 form was revised.

The online revisions of the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2 can be found athttp://www.dot.state.oh.us/se/hy/default.htm in PDF format. Technical questions or recommendedchanges should be directed to David Riley (614) 466-2599, Jeff Syar (614) 752-6401, or MikeWawszkiewicz (614) 728-4585.

Respectfully,

David Riley, P.E. Hydraulic Section Head

DR:jes

Page 2: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 3: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Notice To ensure proper receipt of future revisions to the manual, please visit the online Design Reference Resource at: http://www.dot.state.oh.us/drrc/. This manual is produced by the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. Technical questions should be directed to one of the following: David Riley, P.E. Hydraulic Section Head ([email protected]) (614) 466-2599 Jeff Syar, P.E. Roadway Hydraulics Engineer ([email protected]) (614) 752-6401 Mike Wawszkiewicz, P.E. Roadway Hydraulics Engineer ([email protected]) (614) 728-4585 Recommended changes or suggestions should be sent to: Ohio Department of Transportation Office of Structural Engineering Attn: David Riley, P.E. Hydraulic Section Head 1980 West Broad Street Columbus, Ohio 43223

Page 4: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 5: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 6: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 7: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Table of Contents (Revised January 2006)

Preface........................................................................................................................................................... i Ohio Counties ...............................................................................................................................................iii Concordance................................................................................................................................................ iv Glossary of Terms......................................................................................................................................... v Design Reference Documents ..................................................................................................................... ix Drainage Design Policies 1000 1001 Hydraulic Design Policy ...............................................................................................................10-1

1001.1 Responsibilities ...............................................................................................................10-1 1001.2 Natural Streams ..............................................................................................................10-1

1002 Pipe Policy .....................................................................................................................................10-1 1002.1 Introduction .....................................................................................................................10-1 1002.2 General Requirements....................................................................................................10-1 1002.3 Conduit Types.................................................................................................................10-2

1003 Hydrology ......................................................................................................................................10-4 1003.1 Estimation of Magnitude and Frequency of Floods on Ohio Streams ............................10-4

1004 Flood Clearance ............................................................................................................................10-4 1004.1 General ...........................................................................................................................10-4 1004.2 Design Year Frequency ..................................................................................................10-5 1004.3 Plan Designation.............................................................................................................10-5

1005 Highway Encroachments on Flood Plains .................................................................................10-5 1005.1 General ...........................................................................................................................10-5 1005.2 Type of Studies ...............................................................................................................10-5

1006 Culvert Allowable Headwater.......................................................................................................10-6 1006.1 Design Storm ..................................................................................................................10-6 1006.2 Controls...........................................................................................................................10-6

1007 Pipe Removal Policy.....................................................................................................................10-6 1007.1 General ...........................................................................................................................10-6 1007.2 Asbestos pipe..................................................................................................................10-7

1008 Structural Design Criteria ............................................................................................................10-7 1008.1 Corrugated and Spiral Rib Steel and Aluminum Pipes, and Corrugated Steel and Aluminum Pipe Arches................................................................................................................10-7 1008.2 Rigid Pipe........................................................................................................................10-8 1008.3 Thermoplastic Pipe .........................................................................................................10-9 1008.4 Corrugated Steel and Aluminum Box Culverts and Corrugated Steel Long Span Culverts.....................................................................................................................................................10-9 1008.5 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts ....................................................................10-9 1008.6 Precast Reinforced Concrete Three-Sided Flat-Topped Culverts ................................10-10 1008.7 Precast Reinforced Concrete Arch Sections ................................................................10-10 1008.8 Foundations ..................................................................................................................10-11 1008.9 Waterproofing Membrane .............................................................................................10-11 1008.10 Precast Reinforced Concrete Flat Slab Tops, Catch Basin Tops, and Inlet Tops......10-11 1008.11 Wingwall Design .........................................................................................................10-11

1009 Subsurface Pavement Drainage ................................................................................................10-11 1009.1 General .........................................................................................................................10-11 1009.2 Types of Subsurface Drainage .....................................................................................10-12

Page 8: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1100 Drainage design Procedures 1101 Estimating Design Discharge ......................................................................................................11-1

1101.1 General ...........................................................................................................................11-1 1101.2 Procedures......................................................................................................................11-1

1102 Open Water Carriers .....................................................................................................................11-3 1102.1 General ...........................................................................................................................11-3 1102.2 Types of Carriers.............................................................................................................11-3 1102.3 Ditch Design Criteria - Design Traffic Exceeding 2000 ADT ..........................................11-5 1102.4 Ditch Design Criteria - Design Traffic of 2000 ADT or Less ...........................................11-7 1102.5 Design Aids for Ditch Flow Analysis ...............................................................................11-7

1103 Pavement Drainage.......................................................................................................................11-8 1103.1 General ...........................................................................................................................11-8 1103.2 Design Frequency...........................................................................................................11-8 1103.3 Estimating Design Discharge..........................................................................................11-8 1103.4 Capacity of Pavement Gutters ........................................................................................11-9 1103.5 Pavement Flow Charts....................................................................................................11-9 1103.6 Bypass Charts for Continuous Pavement Grades..........................................................11-9 1103.7 Grate Catch Basins and Curb Opening Inlets In Pavement Sags ................................11-10

1104 Storm Sewers ..............................................................................................................................11-10 1104.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-10 1104.2 Design Considerations..................................................................................................11-11 1104.3 Layout Procedure..........................................................................................................11-11 1104.4 Storm Sewer Design Criteria ........................................................................................11-12 1104.5 Hydraulic Design Procedure .........................................................................................11-13

1105 Roadway Culverts .......................................................................................................................11-13 1105.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-13 1105.2 Stream Protection .........................................................................................................11-13 1105.3 Types of Culvert Flow ...................................................................................................11-17 1105.4 Design Procedure .........................................................................................................11-17 1105.5 Use of Nomographs ......................................................................................................11-18 1105.6 Design Criteria ..............................................................................................................11-18 1105.7 Special Considerations .................................................................................................11-19

1106 End Treatments ...........................................................................................................................11-19 1106.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-19 1106.2 Headwall Types.............................................................................................................11-20 1106.3 Concrete Apron.............................................................................................................11-21

1107 Rock Channel Protection ...........................................................................................................11-21 1107.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-21 1107.2 Types ............................................................................................................................11-21

1108 Agricultural Drainage..................................................................................................................11-21 1108.1 Farm Drain Crossings ...................................................................................................11-21 1108.2 Farm Drain Outlets........................................................................................................11-21

1109 Longitudinal Sewer Location.....................................................................................................11-21 1109.1 Under Pavement ...........................................................................................................11-21 1109.2 Under Paved Shoulder..................................................................................................11-22 1109.3 Approval ........................................................................................................................11-22

1110 Reinforced Concrete Radius Pipe and Box Sections..............................................................11-22 1110.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-22

1111 Sanitary Sewers ..........................................................................................................................11-22 1111.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-22 1111.2 Manholes.......................................................................................................................11-22

1112 Notice of Intent (NOI) ..................................................................................................................11-22 1112.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-22 1112.2 Maintenance Project .....................................................................................................11-22

1113 Erosion Control at Bridge Ends ................................................................................................11-22 1113.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-22 1113.2 Corner Cone..................................................................................................................11-23

1114 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) ...................................................................11-23

Page 9: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1114.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-23 1114.2 Objectives .....................................................................................................................11-23 1114.3 General Guidance.........................................................................................................11-23

1115 Post Construction Storm Water Structural Best Management Practices .............................11-24 1115.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-24 1115.2 Land Disturbance Limits ...............................................................................................11-24

1116 Water Quality Volume.................................................................................................................11-25 1116.1 Water Quality Volume Calculation ................................................................................11-25 1116.2 WQv Weighted Average ...............................................................................................11-25 1116.3 Structural BMP Using the WQv.....................................................................................11-25

1117 Water Quality Flow......................................................................................................................11-25 1117.1 Water Quality Flow Calculation.....................................................................................11-25 1117.2 Structural BMP Using the WQf .....................................................................................11-25

1118 BMP Toolbox ...............................................................................................................................11-25 1118.1 Exfiltration Trench .........................................................................................................11-25 1118.2 Manufactured Systems .................................................................................................11-26 1118.3 Vegetated Biofilter.........................................................................................................11-26 1118.4 Extended Detention ......................................................................................................11-27 1118.5 Retention Basin.............................................................................................................11-29 1118.6 Bioretention Cell............................................................................................................11-29 1118.7 Infiltration.......................................................................................................................11-30 1118.8 Constructed Wetlands...................................................................................................11-32

APPENDIX A – Reproducible Forms APPENDIX B – Directive 22 APPENDIX C – Sample Plan Notes APPENDIX D – Drainage Design Aids

Appendix D has been removed from the printed manual. Drainage Aids can be found at http://www.dot.state.oh.us/se/hy/Drainage%20Design%20Aids/drainageaids.htm

Page 10: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 11: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Preface

January 2006

i

Purpose This Drainage Design Manual has been prepared as a guide for the hydraulic design of highway drainage facilities. Drainage has long been recognized as one of the essential parts of the highway, and the cost involved in the adequate removal of surface and subsurface water justifies a careful and scientific hydraulic analysis.

The time required to determine by hydraulic principles such basic information as size and shape of a conduit, the need for temporary and/or permanent open channel protection, and the proper spacing of catch basins or pavement inlets constitutes a relatively small percentage of the total time required to prepare a set of highway plans. The fact that drainage facilities for most highway projects will account for approximately 25% of the total cost of the project is further justification for a detailed hydraulic analysis.

Application Adhering to recommended design procedures and controls noted in this manual should result in drainage facilities that will preclude the following:

A. Damage of private property due to flooding.

B. Undue inconvenience to the motorist during moderate to heavy rainfall.

C. Undue disturbance to the environment.

Numerous charts have been prepared and are included in the Drainage Design Aids Section of this manual to assist the Drainage Design Engineer with the hydraulic analysis. Other design charts are available in Hydraulic Engineering Circulars and Hydraulic Design Series prepared by the Federal Highway Administration. Reference is made to those charts as required.

This manual is neither a textbook nor a substitute for engineering knowledge, experience, or judgment. It is intended to provide uniform procedures for implementing drainage design decisions and assure quality and continuity in drainage of highways in Ohio. Although the manual is considered a primary source of reference by personnel involved in drainage design in Ohio, it must be recognized that the practices suggested may be inappropriate for some projects because of fiscal limitations or other justifiable reasons.

Consideration must also be given to justifiable hydraulic design standards adopted by city, county, or other local governments when designing facilities under their jurisdiction.

Preparation The Drainage Design Manual has been developed by the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. Errors or omissions should be reported to the Office Administrator, Office of Structural Engineering, Ohio Department of Transportation, 1980 W. Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio 43223.

Format and Revisions Updating the manual is intended to be a continuous process and revisions will be issued periodically.

Although pages are individually numbered within each section, new pages may be added and identified with letter suffixes after the page numbers. For example, two new pages between 10-4 and 10-5 would be numbered 10-4a and 10-4b. Figures do not have page numbers, but are numbered to coincide with the section number in the text. For example, Figure 1102-2 is the second figure listed in Section 1102. Additional figures may be added by either going to the next highest number or using a letter suffix. It should also be noted that figures are located at the end of each main section and are printed on colored paper for easy reference.

Each page has the latest date shown on the lower left hand corner. Revisions will be issued periodically by the Office of Structural Engineering. The loose-leaf format of the manual makes updating a quick and simple task. Users are encouraged to keep their copies up-to-date.

Page 12: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

January 2006

ii

Page 13: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Ohio Counties

January 2006 iii

County Code District Adams ADA 9 Allen ALL 1 Ashland ASD 3 Ashtabula ATB 4 Athens ATH 10 Auglaize AUG 7 Belmont BEL 11 Brown BRO 9 Butler BUT 8 Carroll CAR 11 Champaign CHP 7 Clark CLA 7 Clermont CLE 8 Clinton CLI 8 Columbiana COL 11 Coshocton COS 5 Crawford CRA 3 Cuyahoga CUY 12 Darke DAR 7 Defiance DEF 1 Delaware DEL 6 Erie ERI 3 Fairfield FAI 5 Fayette FAY 6 Franklin FRA 6 Fulton FUL 2 Gallia GAL 10 Geauga GEA 12 Greene GRE 8 Guernsey GUE 5 Hamilton HAM 8 Hancock HAN 1 Hardin HAR 1 Harrison HAS 11 Henry HEN 2 Highland HIG 9 Hocking HOC 10 Holmes HOL 11 Huron HUR 3 Jackson JAC 9 Jefferson JEF 11 Knox KNO 5 Lake LAK 12 Lawrence LAW 9

County Code District Licking LIC 5 Logan LOG 7 Lorain LOR 3 Lucas LUC 2 Madison MAD 6 Mahoning MAH 4 Marion MAR 6 Medina MED 3 Meigs MEG 10 Mercer MER 7 Miami MIA 7 Monroe MOE 10 Montgomery MOT 7 Morgan MRG 10 Morrow MRW 6 Muskingum MUS 5 Noble NOB 10 Ottawa OTT 2 Paulding PAU 1 Perry PER 5 Pickaway PIC 6 Pike PIK 9 Portage POR 4 Preble PRE 8 Putnam PUT 1 Richland RIC 3 Ross ROS 9 Sandusky SAN 2 Scioto SCI 9 Seneca SEN 2 Shelby SHE 7 Stark STA 4 Summit SUM 4 Trumbull TRU 4 Tuscarawas TUS 11 Union UNI 6 Van Wert VAN 1 Vinton VIN 10 Warren WAR 8 Washington WAS 10 Wayne WAY 3 Williams WIL 2 Wood WOO 2 Wyandot WAY 1

Page 14: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Concordance

iv January 2006

Anti-seep Collar 11-27, 11-28, 11-29 Asbestos 10-7 Backwater Analysis 10-5, 11-14, 11-17 Bankfull

Design 11-4, 11-15, 11-18 Discharge 11-13

Catch Basin Ditches 11-6, 11-7 Pavement 11-10, 11-12

Bypass Flow 11-9 Grates 11-6, 11-7

Conduits Flexible 10-1, 11-5, 11-7, 11-11, 11-20, 11-22 Rigid 10-1, 10-2, 10-7, 10-13, 11-11 Type A 10-2 Type B 10-3, 11-10 Type C 10-3, 11-10 Type D 10-3, 11-19 Type E 10-3 Type F 10-4, 11-11, 11-21

Corner Bearing Pressure 10-8 Corrugated Metal Pipe

Box Culverts 10-9 Flexible 11-11, 11-20 Pipe Arches 10-2, 10-8

Cover height maximum 10-7, 10-8, 10-9, 10-10 minimum10-2, 10-8, 10-9, 10-10, 11-11, 11-

15, 11-16 Culvert

Bankfull Design 11-4, 11-15, 11-18 Design Frequency 10-4, 11-4 Design Method 11-17 Durability 10-1, 10-2, 10-3 Entrance Loss 11-18, 11-19 Headwater 11-17, 11-19 Improved inlet 11-16 Inlet Control 11-16, 11-17 Outlet Control 10-2, 11-17

Ditches Design Criteria 11-5, 11-7 Protection 11-5 Shear Stress 11-5 Special 11-4

End Treatment Cutoff Wall 11-15 Full-Height Headwall 11-20, 11-21 Half-Height Headwall 11-19, 11-20

Energy Dissipator 10-1 Farm Drain 10-3, 10-4, 11-21 FEMA vi, 10-5, 10-6 Filter Fabric 10-12, 11-21, 11-23, 11-24

Flood Hazard Evaluation 10-5 Plain vi, 10-4, 10-5, 11-4, 11-15 Plain Coordinator 10-5, 10-6 Plain Culverts 11-15

Foundations v, 10-11 Hydraulic Grade Line vi, 11-12 Hydrology

Rational Equation 11-12 Coefficient of Runoff 11-2, 11-12, 11-13 Rainfall Intensity 11-1, 11-3, 11-13 Strip Method 11-9 Time of Concentration11-1, 11-2, 11-8, 11-

12, 11-13 USGS Regression Equations 10-4

Manhole 10-12, 10-13, 11-13, 11-21 natural stream viii, 10-1, 11-13, 11-17 Pavement Drainage

Design Frequency 11-8 Sag 11-9, 11-10 Spread 11-8

pH vii, 10-2, 10-3 Piles 10-11 Precast Concrete Pipe

Arch 10-10, 10-11 Box Culvert 10-9, 10-11, 11-18, 11-19 Rigid 10-1, 10-2, 11-11 Three-sided Flat Topped10-1, 10-2, 10-10,

10-11, 11-13, 11-20 Rock Channel Protection10-1, 11-5, 11-21, 11-

27, 11-29 Sanitary Sewer 11-11, 11-21, 11-22 Sediment

Basin 11-23, 11-24 Dam 11-24

Soil Bioengineering 11-4 Spread Footings v, 10-11 Storm Sewer

Access 11-11 Design Considerations 11-11 Design Frequency 11-12

Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 11-23 Subsurface Drainage

Aggregate Drains 10-12, 10-13 Construction Underdrains 10-13 Edge Drains 10-12, 10-13 Pipe Underdrains 10-12, 10-13

Tailwater 10-6, 11-17, 11-19 Thermoplastic Pipe 10-1, 10-9, 11-12, 11-22 USGS ix, 10-4, 11-1, 11-17, 11-30 Waterproofing 10-11

Page 15: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Glossary of Terms

January 2006 v

Aggregate Drain - A trench filled with granular material extending laterally from the pavement base or subbase layer to an outlet on the roadway foreslope with the intent of draining surface and/or ground water away from the pavement base and/or subbase.

Anti-seep Collar – Device that prevents the flow of water through the surrounding soil around a conduit that is used as an outlet for an infiltration, retention, or detention basin.

Apron - Paving at a pipe inlet or outlet, or upstream of a catch basin, constructed along the channel bottom to prevent scour.

Backwater Analysis - The determination of water surface profiles measured at specific locations upstream from a constriction causing an increased flow depth upstream.

Bankfull Discharge – The flow or stage of a stream corresponding to the highest level of active deposition. It is the discharge that, on the average, fills a main channel to the point of overflowing. For simplicity, it is generally considered to be approximately the 2 year discharge.

Camber - A slight convex curve constructed into the bottom of a pipe to overcome anticipated settlement problems.

Cast-in-place Structure - A concrete drainage structure which is placed in forms and cured at its final location. Precast beams on cast-in-place foundations are considered cast-in-place structures.

Catch Basin - A structure for intercepting flow from a gutter or ditch and discharging the water through a conduit.

Coefficient of Runoff (C) - A value, varying with the ground and ground cover, which is used in the Rational formula to determine the amount of a rainfall which is directed to streams and not absorbed into the ground.

Conduit - A closed structure such as a pipe.

Corner Bearing Pressure - The pressure generated at the corners of pipe arch structures.

Culvert - A structure which is typically designed hydraulically to take advantage of submergence at the inlet to increase hydraulic capacity. A structure used to convey surface runoff through

embankments. A structure, as distinguished from a bridge, which is usually covered with embankment and is composed of structural material around the entire perimeter, although some are supported on spread footings with the stream bed serving as the bottom of the culvert.

Cutoff Wall - A wall that extends downward from the end of a structure to below the expected scour depth, or to a scour-resistant material.

Design Discharge (Q) - The peak rate of flow for which a drainage facility is designed. Usually given in cubic feet per second(cfs).

Design Service Life - The desired usable life of a pipe or structure. Certain drainage situations require a 50-year life, more stringent situations require a 75-year design life.

Design Storm - A given rainfall amount, areal distribution, and a time distribution, used to estimate runoff. The rainfall amount is either a given frequency (25-year, 50-year, etc.) or a specific large value.

Detention Basin – A structure that holds water for a short period of time before releasing it to the natural water course.

Diversion Dike - An embankment to control or to deflect water away from a soil bank.

Drainage Area - The area contributing discharge to a stream at a given point.

Drop-down Entrance (Drop inlet) - A type of inlet which conveys the water from a higher elevation to a lower elevation smoothly without a free fall at the inlet.

Elliptical Pipe - Pipe which is manufactured with a span greater than rise to be utilized in shallow cover situations.

Ephemeral Stream – A stream or reach of stream that does not flow for parts of the year. As used here, the term includes intermittent streams with flow less than perennial. It is located above the water table year-round. Ground water is not a source of water supply.

Feasible – Term used to define BMP practicability. BMP shall be: technically feasible, implemented within the procured highway right-of-way, safe for the traveling public and ODOT maintenance personnel, cost effective as

Page 16: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

January 2006 vi

compared to the benefit, and will be legal at the State, Federal, and Local levels. FEMA – Federal Emergency Management Agency.

Flood Fringe – The portion of the floodplain outside of the floodway.

Flood Hazard Evaluation - The act of determining if flood levels within a watercourse for a 100-year flood, or other recurrence interval floods have a significantly increased detrimental impact on upstream property.

Flood Plain – Lowland and relatively flat areas adjoining inland and coastal waters including, at a minimum, that area subject to a one percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year. This area encompasses the floodway and the floodway fringe.

Flood Plain Culverts – Relief culverts that are placed in addition to a bankfull culvert at a higher elevation across the flood plain to allow multiple outlets for floodwaters.

Forebay – Depressed area that offers pretreatment of sediment laden storm water prior to a retention, detention, or infiltration basin. Flood Plain Study - A more extensive analysis of the effects of flood levels on upstream property than the Flood Hazard Evaluation. This analysis is to be used when upstream properties appear to have been subjected to a significantly increased detrimental effect from the flood flows.

Floodway – The portion of the floodplain which is effective in carrying flow, within which this carrying capacity must be preserved and where the flood hazard is generally highest.

Friction Slope - The slope of the energy grade line.

Granular Material - A term relating to the uniform size of grains or crystals in rock, larger than sand or pea gravel.

Grate - A type of screen made from sets of bars used to allow the interception of flow, and also to cover an area for pedestrian or vehicular traffic.

Headwall - The structural appurtenance placed at the open end of a pipe to control an adjacent highway embankment and protect the pipe end from undercutting.

Headwater - That depth of water impounded upstream of a culvert due to the influence of the culvert constriction, friction, and configuration.

Highest Known Water Elevation – The highest known flood water in record.

Hydraulic Grade Line - A line coinciding with the level of flowing water in an open channel. In a closed conduit operating under pressure, a line representing the distance water would rise in a pitot tube at any point along a pipe. The hydraulic grade line is equal to the pressure head (P/γ) along the pipe.

Hydraulic Gradient - The slope of the hydraulic grade line for a storm sewer or culvert.

Idealized Channel Geometry - Physical, geometric, and hydraulic characteristics of a channel determined from empirical relationships.

Impervious Surface – Hardened pavement surface. Infiltration Rate – The rate at which water penetrates the surface of the soil at any given instant. The rate can be limited by the infiltration capacity of the soil or the rate at which water is applied.

Inlet - A structure for capturing concentrated surface flow. May be located along the roadway, in a gutter, in the highway median, or in the field.

Inlet Control - The situation where the culvert hydraulic performance is controlled by the entrance geometry only.

Intermittent Stream – A stream that is dry for part of the year, ordinarily more than 3 months.

Manhole - A structure by which one may access a closed drainage system.

MS4 Phase II Regulated Area – Area that has been designated by the Ohio EPA that requires a storm water management plan to discharge storm water.

Multiple Cell Culvert - A culvert with more than one barrel.

New Development Project – Projects that change the land use of a site from undeveloped to developed characteristics.

Page 17: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

January 2006 vii

Normal Water Elevation – The water elevation in a stream which has not been affected by a recent heavy rain runoff. The water level which could be found in the stream most of the year. This elevation will be lower than the ordinary high water.

Ordinary High Water – The line on the shore established by the fluctuation of water and indicated by physical characteristics such as: a clear natural line impressed on the bank, shelving, changes in the character of soil, destruction of terrestrial vegetation, or other appropriate means that consider the characteristics of the surrounding areas. This elevation is lower than the highest known water.

Outlet Control - The situation where the culvert hydraulic performance is determined by the controlling water surface elevation at the outlet, the slope, length and roughness of the culvert barrel, as well as the entrance geometry.

Overland Flow - Water which travels over a surface and reaches a stream.

Perennial Stream – A stream that flows continuously for all or most of the year. The water table is located above the stream bed for most of the year.

Permeability– The quality of the soil that enables water to move downward through the soil profile. It is measured in units of inches per hour.

pH - The reciprocal of the negative logarithm of the Hydrogen ion concentration. Neutral water has a pH value of 7. A measure of the acidity of a substance, if less than 7; alkalinity if greater than 7.

Pipe Arch - Pipe which is manufactured with a span greater than rise (semicircular crown, small-radius corners, and large radius invert) to be utilized in shallow cover situations.

Pipe Underdrain - A longitudinal subsurface drainage system composed of a perforated pipe at the bottom of a narrow trench filled with permeable material and lined with a geotextile in erodible soils, with the intent of draining surface and/or ground waters away from the pavement base and/or subbase.

Porosity – The volume of voids divided by the total volume and multiplied by 100.

Prefabricated Edge Drain - A longitudinal underdrain system utilizing a narrow trench and a vertically elongated, perforated water carrier with the intent of draining surface and/or ground water away from the pavement base and/or subbase.

Prefabricated Structure - Any drainage structure which is manufactured off site and transported to the location of intended use. It may be of various materials, including concrete, clay, metal, thermoplastics, etc. It may be of various shapes including circular, elliptical, rectangular, arched, etc.

Premium Joints - Watertight joints.

Pretreatment – Preliminary filtering of sediment laden storm water prior to secondary treatment through a structural best management practice. Rainfall Intensity (i) - The amount of rainfall occurring in a unit of time, normally given in inches per hour .

Reference Reach - A length of channel with stable geometric, physical, and hydraulic characteristics. A representation of the desired outcome of a restored channel.

Retention Basin – A structure that holds water on a permanent basis. Roughness Coefficient (n) - The measure of texture on the surface of channels and conduits. Usually represented by the “n-value” coefficient used in Manning=s open channel flow equation.

Runoff - That part of the precipitation which runs off the surface of a drainage area after all abstractions are accounted for.

Sanitary Sewer - A conduit or pipe system which carries household and/or industrial wastes. Sanitary sewers do not convey storm water.

Sediment Basin - A basin or tank in which stormwater containing settleable solids is retained, to remove by gravity or filtration a part of the suspended matter.

Sediment Dam - A dam that is designed to allow suspended sediment to settle out of flowing water in a controlled area.

Short-circuiting – The act of storm water bypassing the intended route.

Page 18: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

January 2006 viii

Soil Bioengineering – The use of live and dead plant materials, in combination with natural and synthetic support materials, for slope stabilization, erosion reduction, and vegetative establishment.

Spring Line - The locus of the horizontal extremities of a transverse section of a conduit.

Step Backwater or Standard Step Method - An iterative use of the energy equation for determining the water surface profile of an open channel.

Storm Sewer - A conduit or pipe drainage system that conveys storm water, subsurface water, condensate, or similar discharge, but not household or industrial wastes.

Tailwater - The depth of flow in the stream directly downstream of a drainage facility, measured from the invert at the culvert outlet. Often calculated for the discharge flowing in the natural stream without the highway constriction. Term is usually used in culvert design and is the depth measured from the downstream flow line of the culvert to the water surface.

Time of Concentration (tc) - Time required for water to flow from the most distant point on a drainage area to the measurement or collection point.

TMDL (total maximum daily load) Regulated Stream – An Impaired water body as defined by the Ohio EPA that can still meet water quality standards if the daily maximum pollutant load is regulated. Two Stage Channel – A channel that contains a cross sectional area for low and high discharges. Water of The United States - Water bodies subject to Army Corps of Engineers jurisdiction through Section 404 of the Clean Water Act. They include all interstate waters such as lakes, rivers, streams (including intermittent streams) and wetlands. Ephemeral streams are included if they have a clearly defined channel.

Page 19: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Design Reference Documents

January 2006 ix

C Hydraulics of Bridge Waterways (FHWA Hydraulic Design Series No. 1)

C Highway Hydrology (FHWA Hydraulic Design

Series No. 2) C Design Charts for Open Channel Flow (FHWA

Hydraulic Design Series No. 3) C Hydraulic Design of Highway Culverts (FHWA

Hydraulic Design Series No. 5) C River Engineering For Highway Encroachments

(FHWA Hydraulic Series No. 6) C Design of Stable Channels with Flexible Linings

(Federal Highway Engineering Circular No. 15) C Evaluating Scour at Bridges (FHWA Hydraulic

Engineering Circular No. 18) C Urban Drainage Design Manual Second Edition

(FHWA Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 22) C Techniques for Estimating Flood-Peak

Discharges of Rural Unregulated Streams in Ohio (USGS Water-Resources Investigations Report 89-4126)

C Estimation of Peak-Frequency Relations, Flood

Hydrographs, and Volume - Duration - Frequency Relations of Ungaged Small Urban Streams in Ohio (USGS Open-File Report 93-135)

C Estimation of Flood Volumes and Simulation of

Flood Hydrographs for Ungaged Small Rural Streams in Ohio (USGS Water Resources Investigations Report 93-4080)

C Culvert Durability Study (ODOT/L&D/82-1) C Internal Energy Dissipators for Culverts

(FHWA/OH-84/007) C Standard Construction Drawings (ODOT) C Construction and Material Specifications

Handbook (ODOT) C Rainwater and Land Development, Ohio’s

Standards for Stormwater Management Land Development and Urban Stream Protection (Second Edition, 1996).

C Stream Corridor Restoration: Principles,

Practices and Processes (United States Department of Agriculture), October 1998

Additional design resources can be found at the

FHWA website at: http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/bridge/hydpub.htm.

Caltrans Storm Water Quality Handbooks, Project Planning and Design Guide, September 2002. (http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/construc/stormwater/manuals.htm) Caltrans Storm Water Quality Handbooks, Municipal Handbook, March 1993. New York State Stormwater Management Design Manual, October 2001. http://www.dec.state.ny.us/website/dow/swmanual/swmanual.html Maryland Storm Water Design Manual, October 2000 (http://www.mde.state.md.us/Programs/WaterPrograms/SedimentandStormwater/stormwater_design/index. asp) FHWA Ultra Urban BMP webpage. (http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/ultraurb/index.htm) USEPA National Pollutant Discharge webpage (http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofBMP/menu.cfm) Urban Runoff Quality Management, WEF Manual of Practice No. 23, 1998, published jointly by the WEF and ASCE. Rainwater and Land Development Manual, Ohio Department of Natural Resources, Draft version not yet published. Storm Water Technology Fact Sheet- Bioretention, September 1999, EPA 832-F-99-0125, http://www.epa.gov/owmitnet/mtb/biortn.pdf. Ohio Environmental Protection Agency, Authorization for Storm Water Discharges Associated With Construction Activity Under The National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System, Permit OHC000002, April 21, 2003, http://www.epa.state.oh.us/dsw/permits/CGP_renewal_final.pdf. Storm water Pollutant Removal in Roadside

Vegetated Buffer Strips, Michael Barrett, Center for Research in Water Resources, University of Austin, TX., TRB 2004.

Page 20: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 21: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Table of Contents (Revised January 2006)

1000 Drainage Design Policies 1001 Hydraulic Design Policy ...............................................................................................................10-1

1001.1 Responsibilities ...............................................................................................................10-1 1001.2 Natural Streams ..............................................................................................................10-1

1002 Pipe Policy .....................................................................................................................................10-1 1002.1 Introduction .....................................................................................................................10-1 1002.2 General Requirements....................................................................................................10-1

1002.2.1 Pipe Materials .................................................................................................10-1 1002.2.2 Outlet Velocity Control ....................................................................................10-1 1002.2.3 Special Shapes ...............................................................................................10-2

1002.3 Conduit Types.................................................................................................................10-2 1002.3.1 Type A Conduits .............................................................................................10-2 1002.3.2 Type B Conduits .............................................................................................10-3 1002.3.3 Type C Conduits .............................................................................................10-3 1002.3.4 Type D Conduits .............................................................................................10-3 1002.3.5 Type E Conduits .............................................................................................10-3 1002.3.6 Type F Conduits..............................................................................................10-4

1003 Hydrology ......................................................................................................................................10-4 1003.1 Estimation of Magnitude and Frequency of Floods on Ohio Streams ............................10-4

1003.1.1 General ...........................................................................................................10-4 1003.1.2 Limitations.......................................................................................................10-4

1004 Flood Clearance ............................................................................................................................10-4 1004.1 General ...........................................................................................................................10-4 1004.2 Design Year Frequency ..................................................................................................10-5 1004.3 Plan Designation.............................................................................................................10-5

1005 Highway Encroachments on Flood Plains .................................................................................10-5 1005.1 General ...........................................................................................................................10-5 1005.2 Type of Studies ...............................................................................................................10-5

1005.2.1 Flood Hazard Evaluation.................................................................................10-5 1005.2.2 Detailed Flood Plain Study..............................................................................10-5

1006 Culvert Allowable Headwater.......................................................................................................10-6 1006.1 Design Storm ..................................................................................................................10-6 1006.2 Controls...........................................................................................................................10-6

1006.2.1 Design Storm Controls....................................................................................10-6 1006.2.2 Check Storm Controls.....................................................................................10-6 1006.2.3 Local Floodplain Coordinator ..........................................................................10-6 1006.2.4 Limitations.......................................................................................................10-6

1007 Pipe Removal Policy.....................................................................................................................10-6 1007.1 General ...........................................................................................................................10-6 1007.2 Asbestos pipe..................................................................................................................10-7

1008 Structural Design Criteria ............................................................................................................10-7 1008.1 Corrugated and Spiral Rib Steel and Aluminum Pipes, and Corrugated Steel and Aluminum Pipe Arches................................................................................................................10-7

1008.1.1 Material Durability ...........................................................................................10-7 1008.1.2 Designation and Thickness.............................................................................10-7 1008.1.3 Cambered Flow Line.......................................................................................10-8 1008.1.4 Height of Cover ...............................................................................................10-8 1008.1.5 Foundation Reports ........................................................................................10-8 1008.1.6 Corner Bearing Pressures ..............................................................................10-8

1008.2 Rigid Pipe........................................................................................................................10-8 1008.2.1 General ...........................................................................................................10-8 1008.2.2 Height of Cover ...............................................................................................10-8 1008.2.3 Structural Design Criteria................................................................................10-8

1008.3 Thermoplastic Pipe .........................................................................................................10-9 1008.3.1 Height of Cover ...............................................................................................10-9

Page 22: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1008.4 Corrugated Steel and Aluminum Box Culverts and Corrugated Steel Long Span Culverts.....................................................................................................................................................10-9

1008.4.1 Designation and Thickness.............................................................................10-9 1008.4.2 Height of Cover ...............................................................................................10-9 1008.4.3 Foundation Reports ........................................................................................10-9

1008.5 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts ....................................................................10-9 1008.5.1 Designation .....................................................................................................10-9 1008.5.2 Height of Cover ...............................................................................................10-9 1008.5.3 Structural Design Criteria................................................................................10-9

1008.6 Precast Reinforced Concrete Three-Sided Flat-Topped Culverts ................................10-10 1008.6.1 Designation ...................................................................................................10-10 1008.6.2 Height of Cover .............................................................................................10-10 1008.6.3 Structural Design Criteria..............................................................................10-10 1008.6.4 Foundation Reports ......................................................................................10-10

1008.7 Precast Reinforced Concrete Arch Sections ................................................................10-10 1008.7.1 Designation ...................................................................................................10-10 1008.7.2 Height of Cover .............................................................................................10-10 1008.7.3 Structural Design Criteria..............................................................................10-11 1008.7.4 Foundation Reports ......................................................................................10-11

1008.8 Foundations ..................................................................................................................10-11 1008.9 Waterproofing Membrane .............................................................................................10-11 1008.10 Precast Reinforced Concrete Flat Slab Tops, Catch Basin Tops, and Inlet Tops......10-11 1008.11 Wingwall Design .........................................................................................................10-11

1009 Subsurface Pavement Drainage ................................................................................................10-11 1009.1 General .........................................................................................................................10-11 1009.2 Types of Subsurface Drainage .....................................................................................10-12

1009.2.1 Pipe Underdrains ..........................................................................................10-12 1009.2.2 Construction Underdrains .............................................................................10-12 1009.2.3 Prefabricated Edge Drains............................................................................10-13 1009.2.4 Aggregate Drains ..........................................................................................10-13

Page 23: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1000 Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-1

1001 Hydraulic Design Policy

1001.1 Responsibilities

The Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering is responsible for the hydraulic and structural design standards of all prefabricated and cast-in-place structures including concrete pipe, vitrified clay pipe, corrugated metal pipe, thermoplastic pipe, box culverts, three-sided flat-topped and arch structures, etc., regardless of structure size or contributing drainage area. This includes the preparation of permissible surcharge tables for flexible and rigid pipe and coordination with Specification Committee for the material portions of the Construction and Material Specifications. The Hydraulic Section is also responsible for the structural and hydraulic adequacies of all headwalls or endwalls used in conjunction with structures. Further responsibility includes all surface drainage systems including roadway ditches and channels. The Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering, is also responsible for the determination of the type of drainage structure (i.e., prefabricated vs. cast-in-place) required to replace an existing bridge (span length greater than 10 feet ) 1001.2 Natural Streams

Channel designs and channel relocations of all natural streams passing through a proposed highway facility will be the responsibility of whichever Departmental Office has the responsibility for the highway structure. All other channel designs and channel relocations of natural streams shall be the responsibility of the Hydraulic Section. 1002 Pipe Policy

1002.1 Introduction

The policies herein shall govern in the determination of the size and type of pipe specified or permitted for the various items of highway drainage financed totally or in part with state or federal funds. Proposed deviations from this Pipe Policy concerning type of pipe or pipe placement by local political subdivision or agencies will be considered for all portions of the project that the political subdivision will be responsible for maintaining at its own expense. Any deviations

must be based on sound engineering judgment or experience. A policy of the local subdivision, which has been published and implemented, will be acceptable. In lieu of a published policy, prior construction with local funds will be accepted as bona fide demonstration of local practice. A written request, by the local subdivision or agency for deviation from this Pipe Policy, shall be submitted, with the necessary documentation, to the local ODOT District, who will in turn forward the request with the District’s recommendation to the Administrator of the Office of Structural Engineering. The request shall be made with the Drainage Criteria submission. 1002.2 General Requirements

1002.2.1 Pipe Materials

The type of pipe materials listed under the various conduit types in Section 603.02 of the Construction and Material Specifications shall be considered as equal within their size, structural and material durability limitations. 1002.2.2 Outlet Velocity Control

When permissible pipe alternates have different velocity characteristics, the design specified for erosion control shall satisfy the most severe velocity condition of the permissible alternates. In this case, “erosion control” refers to controls placed in the stream channel at the outlet end of the pipe such as rock channel protection, and does not refer to energy dissipators. Where the calculated culvert outlet velocity exceeds 20 feet per second or 15 feet per second in areas of poor soil such as fine sand or sandy silt, roughness elements (protruding concrete rings inside the pipe) may be specified at the outlet end of the alternates to reduce the velocity below the maximum allowable. The design of internal energy dissipator ring chambers is provided in report FHWA/OH-84/007 “Internal Energy Dissipators for Culverts”. This report and ring chamber details can be obtained from the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. Where the outlet velocity for a corrugated pipe is less than 20 feet per second while the outlet velocity for a smooth pipe requires a ring chamber, the corrugated pipe may be specified exclusively.

Page 24: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-2

1002.2.3 Special Shapes

Special shaped conduits (elliptical concrete, corrugated metal arch or pipe arch, or prefabricated box or three-sided structures) are generally limited for use under shallow cover installations or extremely low or restrictive headwater control otherwise requiring multiple circular conduits to satisfy allowable headwater conditions. Generally elliptical concrete and corrugated metal pipe arch of the required size to satisfy hydraulic conditions are to be shown on the plan. Special shaped conduits may be provided to conform to the cross-sectional geometry of sensitive streams identified in the environmental documentation. Where corrugated metal and structural plate pipe arches are specified or permitted, a foundation investigation shall be submitted as required by Section 1008.1.5. 1002.3 Conduit Types

1002.3.1 Type A Conduits

Type A conduits shall be designated for soil-tight, sealed-joint, open-ended cross drains under pavements and paved shoulders. The minimum size culvert (or cross drain) to be specified shall be based on the roadway type and depth of fill from the flowline to roadway surface. The minimum required round (or equivalent deformed) pipe sizes are listed in Figure 1002-1. For culverts under freeways or high fills (16 feet), the size shall be increased one pipe size over the required size to allow for future repair. The pipe shall only be upsized once. All hydraulically and structurally adequate pipe alternates which provide the required service life shall be shown on the plans and listed in the pertinent pay item. In the applicable size ranges, alternates should include, vitrified clay, concrete, corrugated steel and corrugated aluminum pipe. For corrugated pipe, the corrugation profile which requires the thinnest metal shall be listed. Where durability requires increased thicknesses of the corrugated steel alternate, the 1-inch corrugation profile should be specified for pipe diameters over 48 inches. For the corrugation profile specified, all combinations of thickness and protection providing the required service life shall be specified.

Only one type of pipe may be specified where special conditions prevail such as: excessive cover for a rigid pipe; where a larger corrugated pipe would require a higher pavement grade to satisfy minimum cover requirements or require more cells than a rigid alternate; or where a metal pipe arch would be required as an alternate to a round rigid pipe. The use of a single material type shall be subject to the approval of the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. If the alternates to be listed in the plan are of a different size, the pipe length shall be designed for the smaller sized pipe. The length of pipe may be greater, therefore, than theoretically required if the larger sized alternate pipe is selected by the contractor. In addition to hydraulic and structural considerations, pipe material durability shall be considered in the selection of culvert materials. All Type A Conduits under State and Federal routes shall be designed to provide a minimum median service life of 50 years. At sites where the future cost to replace a pipe could be exceptionally high such as under high fills (16 feet or more from flowline to finish grade) or freeways, a design median service life of 75 years shall be used. The pH of the normal stream flow and the presence of abrasive flow conditions shall be the factors considered to determine material durability. At all sites, the pH of the normal stream flow shall be measured and a determination of the abrasive potential of the stream shall be made. The presence of granular material accompanied with a stream gradient or flow sufficient to cause movement of the granular material in the stream bed shall be the basis for the determination of an abrasive versus non-abrasive site for corrugated steel pipe. Granular material is considered to be a material larger than sand or pea gravel. A site should be considered abrasive for corrugated aluminum pipe if bed loads consist of sharp cobbles with flow sufficient to carry the bed load through the culvert. Otherwise, the site should be considered non-abrasive. If there is no normal stream flow during the culvert field review, Figures 1002-2 and 1002-3 may be used to determine pH. Future land use (such as coal mines) should be considered and the durability design adjusted to meet future needs. Figures 1002-4, 5 and 6 shall be used to determine the pipe materials for the design

Page 25: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-3

service life. These tabulations are based on the ODOT Culvert Durability Study and later reports. The equations in the referenced study can be used to determine service lives other than 50 and 75 years. The following shall govern the determination of the pH factor for the categories listed in Figures 1002-4, 1002-5 and 1002-6. 1. The instrument used to measure the pH shall

be capable of determining the pH within an accuracy of 0.1.

2. The firm or agency responsible for the

preparation of the plans shall be responsible for obtaining the pH readings.

3. A report shall be submitted, with the Drainage

Review plans, listing for all culvert sites: the pH of the stream flow, an evaluation of whether the site is abrasive or non-abrasive, and a statement that the tests were made in dry weather or low flow.

Protection greater than required for existing conditions may be specified for a culvert with potential flow conditions more corrosive than measured, if the district office is of the opinion that future use of the contributing watershed will alter such conditions. A statement of this opinion, including the reasons for the opinion, shall accompany the pH report. At culvert replacement sites, past performance of existing material should also be considered. 1002.3.2 Type B Conduits

Type B conduit shall be designated for soil-tight, sealed joint sewers under pavements, paved shoulders, and commercial or industrial drives. In areas with highly erodible soils (e.g., fine sands or silts), premium joints shall be provided. Additional protection (epoxy coating as per 706.03 for concrete pipe and polymer coating per 707.04 for asphalt paved corrugated steel pipe) shall be provided for storm sewers carrying corrosive flow. 1002.3.3 Type C Conduits

Type C conduit shall be designated for soil-tight, sealed joint sewers not under pavements, paved shoulders, or commercial or industrial drives.

In areas with highly erodible soils (e.g., fine sands or silts), premium joints shall be provided. Additional protection (epoxy coating as per 706.03 for concrete pipe and polymer coating per 707.04 for asphalt paved corrugated steel pipe) shall be provided for storm sewers carrying corrosive flow. 1002.3.4 Type D Conduits

Type D conduits shall be designated for pipes under driveways and bikeways. The minimum size required is 12 inches. For sizes 24 inches and larger, it will be necessary to submit calculations and specify pipe sizing required to satisfy the hydraulic controls. Such analyses shall be submitted with the Drainage Review plans. The design frequency used to analyze the hydraulic performance of the Type D conduit is the same as that used for the flow capacity of the connected ditch or channel and the headwater for that frequency shall not exceed a point 1 foot below the edge of the pavement. If potential exists for the drive pipe headwater to encroach on the adjacent roadway, the drive pipe shall be sized utilizing a design frequency as per 1004.2. Generally, the pipe alternates listed in 603.02 of the Construction and Material Specifications are applicable, except that equal size corrugated pipe will provide satisfactory alternates for sizes smaller than 24 inches. If the control is critical, a hydraulic analysis will be required to determine the proper size of pipe alternates. Drive pipes under commercial or industrial drives shall be designed for material durability as per 1002.3.1. Additional protection for residential and field drives may be specified if conditions warrant. 1002.3.5 Type E Conduits

Type E conduits shall be designated for farm drain headers inside or outside of the right-of-way lines. Headers are ordinarily provided to intercept small, closely spaced lines in a tiled field thereby precluding the need for numerous field tile outlets through the backslope of the highway ditch. Type E conduits may be used beyond the paved shoulder to eliminate a ditch in front of a yard where such ditch elimination can be justified. When required by hydraulic analysis, all proper sized alternates shall be specified.

Page 26: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-4

1002.3.6 Type F Conduits

Type F conduits shall be designated where a butt joint or a short length jointed pipe would be undesirable as noted below: A. For the steep portion of a median outlet under

an embankment slope 4:1 or steeper, including any necessary pipe bends.

B. For the outlets of underdrains or farm drains

through the slope or connecting to a drainage structure. When used for underdrain outlets, the following pay item description shall be used: Item 603 " Conduit, Type F for Underdrain Outlets

C. For farm drains larger than 12 inches that

outlet through slopes flatter than 4:1, provide a 20 foot length of Type F Conduit with an animal guard at the outlet.

D. For pipe underdrains that span the trench of a

lower conduit, unless the crossing is more than 12 inches above the granular backfill of the lower conduit, provide a minimum length of 10 feet of Type F Conduit.

For Type F conduits in storm drainage systems, 707.05 Type C shall be specified for the steel alternate. 1003 Hydrology

1003.1 Estimation of Magnitude and Frequency of Floods on Ohio Streams

1003.1.1 General

USGS Water Resources Investigations Report 89-4126 “Techniques for Estimating Flood-Peak Discharges of Rural Unregulated Stream in Ohio” was developed cooperatively by the United States Geological Survey and the State of Ohio. This bulletin is an update of Bulletin 32 (1959), Bulletin 43 (1969), and Bulletin 45 (1977). This report provides the latest hydrologic information for determining the magnitude and frequency of floods for rural streams in Ohio. The techniques presented in Report 89-4126 shall be used to determine the design peak discharge for hydraulic structures designated by or for ODOT. When applying this technique, the tributary with the largest contributing drainage area, not the longest reach, should be considered. USGS Water Resources Investigation Report 93-4080 “Estimation of Flood Volumes and Simulation of

Flood Hydrographs for Ungaged Small Rural Streams in Ohio” shall be used to determine flood volumes and hydrographs for rural areas within the limits prescribed in the report. 1003.1.2 Limitations

The regression equations, as presented for the three geographic regions, should be used only for unregulated streams draining rural areas in excess of 6 acres. For smaller drainage areas or larger drainage areas where no well defined natural channel exists and sheet flow prevails, the rational method (Section 1101.2.2) shall be used. USGS Open File Report 93-135 "Estimation of Peak-Frequency Relations, Flood Hydrographs, and Volume - Duration - Frequency Relations of Ungaged Small Urban Streams in Ohio” shall be used in the design of culverts, detention basins, large storm sewers, and large open channels with urban drainage areas within the limits prescribed in the report. The rational method shall be used in the design of pavement inlets, roadway ditches, and small storm sewers. For additional guidance on the proper use of USGS regression equations see Transportation Research Record 1319 Report “Information Needs for the Proper Application of Hydrologic Regional Regression Equations”. Reports 89-4126, 93-4080 and 93-135 are available in limited quantities from the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering, 1980 W. Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio 43223. 1004 Flood Clearance

1004.1 General

Where a new highway crosses or is located in a flood plain, the highway grade shall normally be set such that the low edge of the pavement will clear the design water surface profile for existing conditions by 3 feet, and bridges (low chord) will generally clear the water surface profile of the design year frequency flood. These clearances may be reduced where an economic comparison of alternatives shows that a reduction in clearance will result in significant savings, giving full consideration to future flood-related costs relative to: highway operation, maintenance, and repair; highway-aggravated flood damage to

Page 27: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-5

other property; and for additional or interrupted highway travel. Flood clearances may also be reduced to protect important ecological resources as identified in the environmental documentation. An economic comparison of alternatives shall be performed to determine the future flood-related costs relative to: highway operation, maintenance, and repair; highway-aggravated flood damage to other property; and for additional or interrupted highway travel. 1004.2 Design Year Frequency

* Unless otherwise approved by the Hydraulic section, Office of Structural Engineering. 1004.3 Plan Designation

The water surface elevation, velocity of flow and peak discharge for the design, and 100-year frequency storms shall be shown on the plan and profile sheets and culvert detail sheets. 1005 Highway Encroachments on Flood Plains

1005.1 General

The requirements of the Federal Code of Regulations, Volume 23, Part 650A, shall be followed for all projects. All highways that encroach on flood plains, bodies of water or streams, shall be designed to permit conveyance of the 100-year flood without causing significant damage to the highway, the stream, body of water or other property. Special consideration must be given when designing a structure located within a reach of channel that is part of a flood insurance study managed by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). If this condition is applicable, the proposed maximum allowable 100-year water surface elevation will generally be limited to the existing 100-year water surface elevation presented in the flood insurance study. The local FEMA floodplain coordinator must be

informed of any proposed construction within the limits of a flood prone area as designated by a FEMA flood insurance study. Structures and/or channels shall be sized to satisfy the design year discharge. However, the size selected shall permit the conveyance of the 100-year flood without causing significant damage. Inundation of the highway is considered acceptable for the 100-year flood, but it is not permitted for the design-year flood. It is not necessary to lower the water surface elevation of any frequency flood below existing stages, except that the controls outlined in Section 1006.2.1 A, B and C must be satisfied. 1005.2 Type of Studies

1005.2.1 Flood Hazard Evaluation

A flood hazard evaluation is required for all water course involvements except for crossings where roadway culverts are provided to satisfy minimum size requirements. A Flood Hazard Evaluation shall entail a determination of the water surface elevation of the design year and 100-year floods by means of the procedures outlined in this section and Section 1105. Headwater pools shall be delineated on a topographic map. The valuation shall also include a discussion of the significance of any increase in the flooding limits over the existing conditions. Additional information regarding Flood Hazard Evaluations for cast-in-place or bridge structures may be obtained in the Bridge Design Manual. 1005.2.2 Detailed Flood Plain Study

If the Flood Hazard Evaluation should indicate a significant increase in the flooding of upstream property, a Detailed Flood Plain Study will be required. A Detailed Flood Plain Study should also be performed in highly urbanized areas where the potential for flooding cannot be accurately assessed without an analysis of the entire flood plain. For prefabricated structures, the Detailed Flood Plain Study, including a step-backwater analysis, will be authorized after review of the Flood Hazard Evaluation, by the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. Additional information regarding Detailed Flood Plain Studies for bridges or cast-in-place structures may be obtained in the Bridge Design Manual.

Freeways or other multi-lane facilities with limited or controlled access . . 50 YearOther Highways (2000 ADT and over) and Freeway Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . 25 YearOther Highways (under 2000 ADT) . . . . . 10 Year

*Bicycle pathway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Year

Page 28: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-6

1006 Culvert Allowable Headwater

1006.1 Design Storm

The frequency of the design storm shall be as stated in Section 1004.2. 1006.2 Controls

1006.2.1 Design Storm Controls

Headwater depth for all culverts (Type A Conduits) shall not exceed any of the following controls for the design storm: A. 2 feet below the near, low edge of the

pavement for drainage areas 1000 acres or greater and 1 foot below for culverts draining less than 1000 acres.

B. 2 feet above the inlet crown of the culvert or

above a tailwater elevation that submerges the inlet crown in flat to rolling terrain.

C. 4 feet above the inlet crown of a culvert in a

deep ravine. D. 1 foot below the near edge of pavement for

bicycle pathways. 1006.2.2 Check Storm Controls

Headwater depth for all culverts (Type A Conduits) shall not exceed any of the following controls for the applicable check frequency storm. A. 2 feet below the lowest ground elevation

adjacent to an occupied building for a 50-year storm (it is not intended, however, to lower existing highwater elevations around buildings).

B. The designer should generally limit the

maximum 100-year headwater depth to twice the diameter or rise of the culvert.

C. A replacement structure should be sized to

prevent overtopping by the 100-year flood where such overtopping would not occur with the existing structure.

D. A replacement structure should be sized such

that flooding of upstream productive land is not increased for the 100-year flood when compared to the existing structure. Judgment shall be used in implementing this policy,

considering the type of upstream property and sensitivity to the accuracy of the computed flood stages.

E. No significant increase in 100-year

headwater elevation shall occur in a FEMA designated floodway.

1006.2.3 Local Floodplain Coordinator

The local floodplain coordinator should be contacted early in the design process to determine the allowable headwater increase and or the permitting requirements. A current list of floodplain coordinators can be found at: http://www.dnr.state.oh.us/water/floodpln/communitylist.pdf.

1006.2.4 Limitations

1006.2.1 B and C; and 1006.2.2 B, C and E are arbitrary headwater controls. When 1006.2.1 B is applicable, use smooth pipe to establish the allowable headwater in feet. When 1006.2.1 C controls, use corrugated pipe to establish the headwater and thereby permit the same headwater elevation regardless of type of pipe. More heading will be considered if pipe sizes can be reduced and not cause damaging upstream flooding or excessive outlet velocity. 1006.2.1 B and C are arbitrary controls that apply generally to small culverts. Where large structures (greater than or equal to 10 feet in span) are involved, the structure should be sized to pass the design storm while maintaining a free water surface through the structure. The near low edge of pavement is the location where roadway overtopping will occur. This may or may not be located directly over the culvert. Where the overtopping point on the roadway is outside the watershed break, the ditch break overflow elevation should be utilized as a headwater control in lieu of 1006.2.1 A. 1007 Pipe Removal Policy

1007.1 General

The following guidelines should be used by the designer to determine whether an existing pipe that is taken out of service, regardless of type, should be abandoned or removed.

Page 29: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-7

A. Pipes 8 inches in diameter or rise, or less, regardless of depth or height of fill, may be abandoned in place.

B. Pipes 10 inches through 24 inches in

diameter or rise with less than 3 feet of final cover should be removed or filled; with more than 3 feet of final cover they may be abandoned in place. (The designer should use discretion in removing small pipes under existing rigid pavement or base, which is to remain in place.)

C. Pipes over 24 inches in diameter or rise

should generally be removed. (The designer should use discretion in removing any pipe with more than 10 feet of cover.)

D. Where it is necessary to maintain service of

small unrecorded storm drain connections to an existing storm sewer being taken out of service, but this cannot be assured without the removal of that sewer, then the storm sewer shall be removed.

1007.2 Asbestos pipe

Asbestos pipe is a regulated material. Designers should make reasonable efforts to identify existing asbestos pipes in the plans and, when necessary, provide appropriate removal quantities. In the past, pipe containing asbestos was allowed on ODOT, LPA and utility projects under the following specifications:

• ASTM C663 Asbestos-Cement Storm Drain Pipe

• AASHTO M217 • AWWA C400 • AWWA C603 • ASTM C296 Asbestos-Cement

Pressure Pipe • ODOT CMS 707.09 Asbestos

Bonded Bituminous Corrugated Steel Pipe and Pipe Arches (Circa 1983)

• ODOT CMS 706.15 Asbestos Cement Perforated Underdrain Pipe (Circa. 1973)

Transite is a common brand name for a type of asbestos pipe. Asbestos can also be found in insulation wrapped around water pipes.

Reasonable efforts to identify asbestos pipes would include the following:

A. Examination of original construction plans and specifications.

B. Contact with the owner of the pipe (e.g., utility

company or LPA). C. Inspection of the pipe for markings when the

pipe is exposed during routine maintenance operations.

Removal of asbestos pipe is specified as Item 202 Asbestos Pipe Removed in the 2005 CMS. For projects to be constructed under the 1997 CMS, use Item 202 Pipe Removed, As Per Plan and indicate that the pipe must be removed by a certified asbestos contractor. Asbestos is a hazard only when it becomes airborne. Pipes that are otherwise unaffected by ODOT work do not need to be removed simply because they contain asbestos. Not all asbestos pipe will be identified by a records search. Construction inspectors are being advised to test suspicious pipe for asbestos. If asbestos pipe is identified, the contractor will be compensated by change order. 1008 Structural Design Criteria

1008.1 Corrugated and Spiral Rib Steel and Aluminum Pipes, and Corrugated Steel and Aluminum Pipe Arches

1008.1.1 Material Durability

The policy outlined in Section 1002 specifying types of protective coatings and/or extra metal thickness shall be followed. 1008.1.2 Designation and Thickness

The corrugation profile and required metal thickness shown in Figures 1008-1 through 1008-6 and 1008-15 through 1008-19 shall be specified. The thickness should be determined for the maximum height of cover and it shall be used for the full length of the structure. However, where a short length of conduit requiring a higher strength pipe is contiguous with a long run of pipe, then only that short length should be specified as requiring the higher strength pipe. Generally, the corrugation profile requiring the thinnest metal for a given size conduit shall be specified. When the minimum thickness shown in these figures will suffice, the thickness need not be specified.

Page 30: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-8

The preferred corner radius for structural plate corrugated pipe arches is 31” . The commercial availability of a specific sheet thickness for various pipe diameters should be verified. Use the General Notes for Figures 1008-1 through 1008-9, General Notes for Figures 1005-15 through 1008-21, and the Height of Cover Tables for this purpose. Minimum sheet thicknesses for the various corrugation profiles and pipe diameters are tabulated in the pertinent 700 Section of the Construction and Material Specifications Handbook. 1008.1.3 Cambered Flow Line

Where soil conditions at the site indicate that appreciable settlement may be expected, a cambered flow line should be provided. The amount of camber required at specific points shall be shown on the plans. 1008.1.4 Height of Cover

See General Notes for Figures 1008-1 Through 1008-9 and 1008-15 Through 1008-21 1008.1.5 Foundation Reports

An investigation of the supporting foundation material shall be conducted and the bearing capacity of the foundation material estimated. The level of detail required for the foundation investigation shall be commensurate with the importance of the structure. Such information shall be submitted for all proposed pipe arch installations and submitted in the Stage 2 review. Refer to section 1008.8 for information on foundation types. 1008.1.6 Corner Bearing Pressures

The tables of corner bearing pressures (Figures 1008-7, 1008-8, 1008-9, 1008-20 and 1008-21) are for installations with 4 feet or less cover. The minimum height of cover requirements for pipe arch shapes, from Section 1008.1.4 shall be satisfied. The corner bearing pressures listed for cover less than the minimum are for information only.

1008.2 Rigid Pipe

1008.2.1 General

Height of cover tables are shown in Figures 1008-10 through 1008-13. Information on the use of these tables can be found in the General Notes for Figures 1008-10 through 1008-14. Where soil conditions at the site indicate that appreciable settlement may be expected, a cambered flow line should be provided. The amount of camber required at specific points shall be shown on the plans. The minimum D-Load for the various diameters of reinforced concrete pipe are tabulated in Section 706.02 of the Construction and Material Specifications Handbook. 1008.2.2 Height of Cover

The maximum allowable height of cover is measured from the top of the pipe to the pavement surface. The minimum cover, from the top of the pipe to the top of the subgrade, or finish grade for pipe not under pavements, is 9 inches; however, in no installation shall the distance from the top of the pipe to the pavement surface be less than 15 inches. 1008.2.3 Structural Design Criteria

The following criteria are to be considered when determining pipe characteristics. A. The maximum allowable height of cover,

listed in the tables, is based on structural requirements for dead and live loads assuming an ordinary soil foundation. Where a rock or unyielding foundation is encountered in an embankment installation, additional thickness of granular bedding and/or greater strength pipe may be required. The extent of increase necessary is related to pipe size and cover.

B. Where the type of pipe is circular, reinforced

concrete pipe (706.02) and the height of cover exceeds the maximum cover listed in the Height of Cover Tables for a specific size and installation type, the pipe should still be included in the project plans. The concrete pipe alternate should be specified as 706.02 with special design.

The special design will be provided by the manufacturer after the project letting.

Page 31: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-9

C. If the height of cover over a pipe exceeds 100

feet, a special design is required to investigate foundation suitability.

D. The required pipe strength should be

determined for the maximum height of cover and it shall be used for the full length of the pipe. However, where a short length of conduit requiring a higher strength pipe is contiguous with a long run of pipe, then only that short length should be specified as requiring the higher strength pipe.

1008.3 Thermoplastic Pipe

1008.3.1 Height of Cover

The maximum allowable height of cover is measured from the top of the conduit to the pavement surface or to finished grade for pipes not under pavement. The maximum height of cover should be limited to 20 feet. Cover greater than 20 feet may be provided contingent upon the approval of the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. The minimum cover, from the top of the pipe to the top of the subgrade, is 12 inches; however, in no installation shall the distance from the top of the pipe to the pavement surface, or finish grade for pipes not under pavement, be less than 18 inches. 1008.4 Corrugated Steel and Aluminum Box Culverts and Corrugated Steel Long Span Culverts.

1008.4.1 Designation and Thickness

The corrugation profile and metal thickness required shall be in accordance with the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges design methodologies. The Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering is responsible for the structural design of all corrugated steel and aluminum box culverts, and corrugated steel long span culverts. The skew of the structure relative to the roadway shall be given in 1° increments and typically should not exceed 15°. 1008.4.2 Height of Cover

The minimum and maximum heights of cover shall be in accordance with the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges

design methodologies. However, in no case shall the minimum cover, measured from the trough of the corrugation profile to the pavement surface, be less than 18 inches. In addition to the above requirements, corrugated steel and aluminum box culverts shall be provided with adequate cover to ensure that the culvert rib stiffeners are located completely within the subgrade. 1008.4.3 Foundation Reports

An investigation of the supporting foundation material shall be conducted and the bearing capacity of the foundation material estimated. The level of detail required for the foundation investigation shall be commensurate with the importance of the structure. Such information shall be submitted for all proposed metal box and long span culvert installations and submitted prior to the Stage 3 review. 1008.5 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Culverts

1008.5.1 Designation

The allowable sizes of Precast reinforced concrete box culverts shall be as given in Figure 1008-14. Structures with a span of 12 feet or less shall be designated as per CMS 706.05 and ASTM C 1433. The pay item description shall include the height of cover (design earth cover) rounded to the highest 1 foot. Structures with spans 14 feet or greater require a special design available from the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. 1008.5.2 Height of Cover

The maximum allowable height of cover is measured from the top of the culvert to the pavement surface. The maximum height of cover shall be as per Figure 1008-14. Greater covers may be provided contingent upon the approval of the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. A special design is required. 1008.5.3 Structural Design Criteria

Structures with spans 14 feet or greater are designed with the HS25 and Alternate Military loading. A 60 psf future wearing surface is included in the dead loading for structures with spans 14’ or greater.

Page 32: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-10

The design loading information (ie. interstate) shall be included on the Culvert Detail Sheet or Site Plan. 1008.6 Precast Reinforced Concrete Three-Sided Flat-Topped Culverts

1008.6.1 Designation

Precast reinforced concrete three-sided, flat-topped culverts shall have a minimum clear span of 14 feet and minimum opening rise of 4 feet; and a maximum clear span of 34 feet and maximum opening rise of 10 feet. The skew of the individual culvert units should be given in 5° increments and shall not exceed 30°. Skew is typically limited to 30° because of the complex structural analysis required when the main reinforcement is not perpendicular to the wheel load. The skew of the structure relative to the roadway shall be given in 1° increments and typically should not exceed 30°. Structures designed to have no significant environmental impact on the affected stream may exceed this limit. The minimum deck thickness for the culvert units is 12 inches and the minimum leg thickness for the culvert units is 10 inches. The design should be based on these dimensions. 1008.6.2 Height of Cover

The maximum allowable height of cover is measured from the top of the culvert to the pavement surface. The maximum height of cover should be limited to 10 feet. Cover greater than 10 feet may be provided contingent upon the approval of the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. 1008.6.3 Structural Design Criteria

Flat-topped, three-sided culverts shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges design methodologies. The design loading information (HS25 and Alternate Military Load) shall be included on the Culvert Detail Sheet or Site Plan. Spans greater than 12 feet shall have an additional load of 60 psf to allow for future roadway resurfacing.

1008.6.4 Foundation Reports

An investigation of the supporting foundation material shall be conducted and the bearing capacity of the foundation material estimated. The level of detail required for the foundation investigation shall be commensurate with the importance of the structure. Such information shall be submitted for all proposed flat-topped, three-sided culvert installations and submitted in the Stage 2 review. Refer to section 1008.8 for information on foundation types. 1008.7 Precast Reinforced Concrete Arch Sections

1008.7.1 Designation

Precast reinforced concrete arch sections shall have a clear span of 12, 14, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36 or 42 feet and an opening rise of 4 feet through 11 feet 6 inches. Other sizes may be provided contingent upon the approval of the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. The individual culvert units shall not be skewed. Skew is not permitted because of the complex structural analysis required when the main reinforcement is not perpendicular to the wheel load. The skew of the structure relative to the roadway shall be given in 1° increments and typically should not exceed 30°. Structures designed to have no significant environmental impact on the affected stream may exceed this limit. The deck thickness and leg thickness for the culvert units are 10 inches. The design should be based on these dimensions. 1008.7.2 Height of Cover

The maximum allowable height of cover is measured from the top of the culvert to the pavement surface. The maximum height of cover should be limited to 12 feet. Cover greater than 12 feet may be provided contingent upon the approval of the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. The minimum cover, from the top of the arch sections to the top of the pavement is 12 inches.

Page 33: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-11

However, in no case shall the top of the arch sections be located above the top of subgrade. 1008.7.3 Structural Design Criteria

Precast Reinforced Concrete Arch Sections shall be designed in accordance with AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges design methodologies. The design loading information (HS25 and Alternate Military Load) shall be included on the Culvert Detail Sheet or Site Plan. Spans greater than 12 feet shall have an additional load of 60 psf to allow for future roadway resurfacing. 1008.7.4 Foundation Reports

An investigation of the supporting foundation material shall be conducted and the bearing capacity of the foundation material estimated. The level of detail required for the foundation investigation shall be commensurate with the importance of the structure. Such information shall be submitted for all precast reinforced concrete arch section culvert installations and submitted prior to the Stage 3 review. Refer to section 1008.8 for information on foundation types. 1008.8 Foundations

Arch or flat slab topped culverts are supported on either deep foundations or spread footings that are founded at a minimum of 4 feet below the flowline on competent scour resistant native soils. All of the following conditions must be met in order for spread footings to be utilized: A. The design and 100 year flood velocity

through the culvert must be less than 8 fps . B. The 100 year flood headwater must not

overtop the roadway in the vicinity of the structure.

C. There is no previous evidence of stream

scour or degradation. D. There are no soft soils below the footing to be

undercut. In the absence of competent bearing strata, deep foundations such as piles may be utilized based upon the cost comparison justification study

between alternative structure types including bridges. The excavated material along the inside of the footing shall be backfilled with Type C Rock Channel Protection for both spread footings and footings with deep foundations., to preclude scour. 1008.9 Waterproofing Membrane

An external waterproofing membrane shall be applied to all precast reinforced concrete box culverts, three-sided flat-topped culverts, and arch culverts. Use Item 512 Waterproofing, Type 2 along the vertical sides and Type 2 or 3 across the top of the structure. Type 3 waterproofing shall be used if pavement is to be used directly on top of the structure. Provide an overlap of a minimum of 12 inches of the top membrane to the vertical membrane. 1008.10 Precast Reinforced Concrete Flat Slab Tops, Catch Basin Tops, and Inlet Tops

Precast Reinforced Concrete Flat Slab Tops, Catch Basin Tops, and Inlet Tops shall be designed in accordance with ASTM C478. When the structure is under pavement and the span is greater than 10 feet the design loading for the structural design shall be HS20 or Alternate Military Load, whichever produces the greatest stresses. 1008.11 Wingwall Design

Design wingwalls in accordance to the current AASHTO, Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Section 5. Assume no passive forces are acting on the toe of the wall. 1009 Subsurface Pavement Drainage

1009.1 General

Subsurface pavement drainage is required on all projects. An exception may be made where the project is located in an area having a granular subgrade. The subsurface drainage design shall be submitted with the Preliminary Drainage review for approval.

Page 34: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-12

1009.2 Types of Subsurface Drainage

There are three means of draining the pavement subsurface - pipe underdrains, prefabricated edge drains, and aggregate drains. Generally, pipe underdrains are used with paved shoulders and curbed pavements (Figures 1009-1 through 1009-7). Prefabricated edge drains are typically used where existing concrete pavement with paved shoulders are to remain. Aggregate drains are used with bituminous surface treated shoulders, aggregate shoulders, and for spot improvements (Figures 1009-8 and 1009-9). Additional examples of typical underdrain and edge drain placements can be found in the Sample Plan Sheets. 1009.2.1 Pipe Underdrains

Pipe underdrains are used on both sides of the pavement and are typically carried through superelevated sections. Figures 1009-1 through 1009-7 show locations for pipe underdrains with respect to several shoulder designs. Pipe underdrains generally follow the profile grade of the roadway as long as the pipe underdrain maintains a positive or zero slope. For these cases, hydrostatic pressure is sufficient to ensure the proper drainage of the subbase and subgrade. Underdrain depth is measured from the bottom of subbase to the bottom of the underdrain trench. Base pipe and shallow pipe underdrains are typically 4-6 inches in diameter. The 4 and 6 inch underdrains are considered equivalent in hydraulic capacity for the base pipe and shallow pipe underdrains. Use a 6 inch underdrain if the the outlet interval is greater than the desired interval of 500 feet or if the subgrade is saturated. If a 6 inch underdrain is required, the material type must be called out in the plans as per CMS 605.02. Base pipe underdrain has a constant depth of 18 inches or less and the shallow pipe underdrain has a depth greater than 18 inches with a maximum of 30 inches. Where a dual underdrain system is provided (shoulder greater than or equal to 8 feet), the edge of shoulder underdrain is supplemental to the edge of pavement underdrain and is typically a base pipe underdrain with a depth of 18 inches. Rock cut underdrains are used in cut sections when a rock, shale, or coal subgrade exists. The depth of the rock cut underdrain should be 6

inches below the cut surface of the rock (Figure 1009-10). Refer to the 2005 CMS 204.05 for undercut information. Deep pipe underdrains have a constant depth greater than 30 inches with the preferred maximum depth at 50 inches below subbase. These are typically 6 inches in diameter. Deep pipe underdrains are used in cut sections, or areas with a high water table, to drain the subgrade. Unclassified underdrains are those having a variable depth below profile grade within a single continuous longitudinal run. Variable depth pipe underdrains (unclassified) shall be avoided where pipe underdrains of a constant depth can be provided. Underdrains which outlet to a slope should be provided with an outlet per SCD DM-1.1. Underdrain outlets should be provided at a desirable interval of 500 feet with a maximum interval of 1000 feet. Underdrain outlets should be provided at a desirable interval of 300 feet, with a maximum interval of 500 feet, where free draining base is utilized. It is desirable to outlet underdrains at least 12 inches above the flowline of a receiving ditch; and 12 inches above the flowline of a receiving catch basin, manhole, or pipe with 6 inches as a minimum. Underdrain outlets shall be type F conduit. When underdrain spans the trench of a lower conduit (utility, storm sewer, culvert, etc.) and the vertical distance between the trench and underdrain is less than or equal to 12 inches, a type F conduit should be used to span the lower trench. Use a minimum of 10 feet. A fabric filter wrap should be used when existing soils consist of a sandy or sandy-silt composition. Where necessary, the depth of the underdrains may vary slightly to accomplish this. Underdrain outlet pipe outletting into a roadway ditch or fill slope should maintain a minimum slope of 1%. Outlets should not be located at the top of high (over 20 feet) 2:1 fill slopes. If this cannot be accomplished by adjusting the spacing, special outlet treatments will be required. 1009.2.2 Construction Underdrains

In fine-grained soils excess water in the subgrade is the principal cause of unstable soil conditions during construction. Adequate subgrade

Page 35: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Policies

January 2006 10-13

drainage can be achieved by using temporary pipe underdrains. These underdrains are sacrificial in nature and are intended to work throughout the construction process. Construction Underdrains are usually placed in the centerline of the roadway. They may also be placed in the ditch line, if the water is coming in from a cut section at a higher elevation. The outlets for the construction underdrains are the same pipe material and backfill as construction underdrains (not Type F). The outlets should be discharged into a catch basin, manhole, pipe, or ditch. If discharging into a ditch, a precast concrete reinforced outlet is not required. 1009.2.3 Prefabricated Edge Drains

Prefabricated edge drains are located at the edge of existing concrete pavement on resurfacing projects where the existing pavement and paved shoulders are being retained. If existing paved shoulders are being replaced, a 4 inch shallow pipe underdrain at the edge of pavement shall be used in lieu of the prefabricated edge drain. 1009.2.4 Aggregate Drains

Aggregate drains should be located at 50 foot intervals on each side of the pavement and staggered so that each drain is 25 feet longitudinally apart from the adjacent drain on the opposite side. If used on rigid pavements, the drains shall be located at each end of each transverse joint. For superelevated pavements, the drains should be located on the low side only, at each transverse joint in rigid pavement and at 25 foot intervals for other pavement. Figures 1009-8 and 1009-9 show aggregate drains for several treated shoulder designs.

Page 36: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 37: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1000 Drainage Design Policies – List of Figures

January 2006

Figure Subject 1002-1 Minimum Culvert Sizes 1002-2 Water pH Contours - Average for Counties 1002-3 Water pH Contours - Values of Individual Culverts 1002-4 Requirements for Concrete Pipe Protection General Notes for Figures 1002-5 and 1002-6 1002-5(50) Requirements for Corrugated Metal Pipe Thickness and Protection at Non-Abrasive Sites - 50-year Design Service Life 1002-5(75) Requirements for Corrugated Metal Pipe Thickness and Protection at Non-Abrasive Sites - 75-year Design Service Life 1002-6(50) Requirements for Corrugated Metal Pipe Thickness and Protection at Abrasive Sites - 50-year Design Service Life 1002-6(75) Requirements for Corrugated Metal Pipe Thickness and Protection at Abrasive Sites - 75-year Design Service Life General Notes for Figures 1008-1 through 1008-9 1008-1 Height of Cover - Corrugated Steel Pipe 1008-2 Height of Cover - Corrugated Steel Pipe Arches 1008-3 Height of Cover - Structural Plate Corrugated Steel Pipe 1008-4 Height of Cover - Structural Plate Corrugated Steel Pipe Arches (18-inch [450 mm] Corner Radius) 1008-5 Height of Cover - Structural Plate Corrugated Steel Pipe-Arches (31-inch [775 mm] Corner Radius) 1008-6 Height of Cover - Corrugated Steel Spiral Rib Pipe 1008-7 Corner Bearing Pressure - Corrugated Steel Pipe Arches 1008-8 Corner Bearing Pressure - Structural Plate Corrugated Steel Pipe Arches (18-inch [450 mm] Corner Radius) 1008-9 Corner Bearing Pressure - Structural Plate Corrugated Steel Pipe Arches (31-inch [775 mm] Corner Radius) General Notes for Figures 1008-10 through 1008-14 1008-10 Maximum Allowable Height of Cover - Reinforced Concrete Pipe with Type 2 Bedding 1008-11 Maximum Allowable Height of Cover - Reinforced Concrete Pipe with Type 3 Bedding

Page 38: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

January 2006

Figure Subject 1008-12 Maximum Allowable Height of Cover - Reinforced Concrete Elliptical Pipe

with Type 2 Bedding 1008-13 Maximum Allowable Height of Cover - Non-Reinforced Rigid Pipe with Type 2 Bedding 1008-14 Maximum Allowable Height of Cover - Reinforced Concrete Box Culvert with Type 1 bedding General Notes for Figures 1008-15 through 1008-21 1008-15 Height of Cover - Corrugated Aluminum Pipe 1008-16 Height of Cover - Corrugated Aluminum Pipe Arches 1008-17 Height of Cover - Structural Plate Corrugated Aluminum Pipe 1008-18 Height of Cover - Structural Plate Corrugated Aluminum Pipe Arches 1008-19 Height of Cover - Corrugated Aluminum Spiral Rib Pipe 1008-20 Corner Bearing Pressure - Corrugated Aluminum Pipe Arches 1008-21 Corner Bearing Pressure - Structural Plate Corrugate Aluminum Pipe Arches 1009-1 Typical Pipe Underdrain Locations 1009-2 Typical Pipe Underdrain Locations 1009-3 Typical Pipe Underdrain Locations 1009-4 Typical Pipe Underdrain Locations 1009-5 Typical Pipe Underdrain Locations 1009-6 Typical Pipe Underdrain Locations 1009-7 Typical Pipe Underdrain Locations 1009-8 Typical Aggregate Drain Locations 1009-9 Typical Aggregate Drain Locations 1009-10 Typical Rock Cut Underdrain

Page 39: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 40: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 41: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 42: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 43: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

General Notes – Figures 1002-5 and 1002-6

April 2005

Tables 1002-5(50) & 1002-5(75) Tables 1002-5(50) and 1002-5(75) are based on equations 6 and 8 from the ODOT Location & Design publication 82-1, “Culvert Durability Study” including: • A 15-year service life for Bituminous Coating

with Invert Paving for culverts 54” and larger. • A 25-year service life for Bituminous Coating

with Invert Paving for culverts 48” and smaller.

• A 35-year service life for Aluminium Coating

with pH above 5.0 • A 50-year service life for Polymeric Coating • All base metal must provide a minimum of 10

years of service life. Corrugated aluminium alloy pipe (707.21 and 707.22) and aluminium alloy structural plate pipe (707.23) are acceptable with the minimum thickness required to satisfy cover conditions for all non-abrasive sites with a pH between 5.0 and 9.0 A blank space in the table indicates that a gage, which satisfies the design service life, is not available. Tables 1002-6(50) & 1002-6(75) Tables 1002-6(50) and 1002-6(75) are based on equations 7 and 9 from the ODOT Location & Design publication 82-1, “Culvert Durability Study” including: • A 15-year service life for Bituminous Coating

with Invert Paving for culverts 54” and larger. • A 25-year service life for Bituminous Coating

with Invert Paving for culverts 48” and smaller.

• A 35-year service life for Aluminium Coating

with pH above 5.0. • A 50-year service life for Polymeric Coating • All base metal must provide a minimum of 10

years of service life.

Corrugated aluminium alloy pipe (707.21 and 707.22) with Concrete Field Paving and

aluminium alloy structural plate pipe (707.23) with Concrete Field Paving are acceptable with the minimum thickness required to satisfy cover conditions for all abrasive sites with a pH between 5.0 and 9.0 A blank space in the table indicates that a gage, which satisfies the design service life, is not available. Abbreviations and Symbols * Concrete field paving shall be epoxy

coated per 706.03 for pH < 5.0 ** Externally coated per AASHTO M243 w/CFP With concrete field paving of invert

Page 44: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 45: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 46: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 47: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 48: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 49: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

General Notes - Figures 1008-1 through 1008-9

April 2005

Thickness The following table shows the available commercial thicknesses for metallic coated steel and the corresponding gage number:

0.064 16 0.079 14 0.109 12 0.138 10 0.168 8 0.188 7 0.218 5 0.249 3 0.280 1

The maximum available sheet thickness for aluminum coated corrugated steel pipe (707.01, 707.02, 707.05, 707.07; all with aluminum coating) or polymer coated corrugated steel pipe (707.04) is 0.138. Minimum Cover The minimum cover is measured from the top of the pipe or pipe-arch to the top of subgrade; however, in no installation shall the distance from the top of the pipe or pipe-arch to the top of the wearing surface or finished grade be less than the figure values plus 6 inches. Maximum Cover The maximum height of cover is measured from the top of the pipe or pipe-arch, to the top of the wearing surface. When a dashed line is shown in any column, the pipe shown in the corresponding row shall not be specified for the thickness indicated. The maximum height of cover over any pipe is 100 feet, without a special design. Before a pipe is used under a cover exceeding 100 feet, the structural maximum allowable height of cover and the required bearing pressure should be calculated and an investigation of the bearing capacity of the foundation material performed. Parameters The figures are based upon the following parameters:

A. A standard highway loading of HS 20-44 for

live load. B. Unit weight of embankment material = 120

pounds per cubic foot. C. Factor of safety for seam strength = 3.0 (for

707.03) D. Factor of safety for buckling = 2.0 E. Horizontal soil modulus =1400 pounds per

square inch Foundation For all pipe-arch installations, the foundation material shall be investigated to determine its bearing capacity. The bearing capacity shall be a minimum of twice the corner bearing pressure. Seam Fabrication Allowable heights of cover are based upon the following types of seam fabrication: A. 707.01, 707.02, 707.04, 707.05, 707.07,

707.11, 707.13, and 707.14 conduits have helical continuous welded seams or helical lock seams.

B. 707.03 pipes and pipe-arches; all sizes and

wall thicknesses with four bolts per foot of seam (3/4" diameter), also the 0.280" wall thickness in all sizes with six bolts per foot of seam. If six bolts per foot of seam is required, the number of bolts per foot of seam (6) [spacing of bolts shall be specified on the plans.

C. 707.12 pipes; all sizes and wall thicknesses

with lock seams. Abbreviations and Symbols 20+ [6+] The maximum allowable height

of cover over any pipe-arch is 20' without a special design. The plus sign indicates the pipe-arch is structurally safe under a cover greater than 20', but the bearing capacity of the foundation may not be adequate.

Ht. height, in feet (ft.)

Metal Thickness Inches

Gage Number

Page 50: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

April 2005

CBP corner bearing pressure, in tons per square foot (tsf)

b/ft. bolts per foot of seam Inv. invalid. Indicates the values were invalid

for the pipe-arch. The corner bearing pressure for the pipe-arch will always exceed the given value under any allowable height of cover.

tsf tons per square foot

Page 51: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 52: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 53: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 54: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 55: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 56: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 57: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 58: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 59: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 60: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 61: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

General Notes - Figures 1008-10 through 1008-14

April 2005

Minimum Cover See Section 1008.2.2 Maximum Cover The maximum height of cover is measured from the top of the pipe or elliptical pipe to the top of the wearing surface. When a dashed line is shown in any column, the pipe shown in the corresponding row shall not be specified for the D-Load indicated. When an asterisk is shown in any row, the minimum strength pipe commercially available is greater than the strength shown in the corresponding column. When a blank space is shown, the pipe may be specified if a special design, verifying the structural height of cover, is provided. The maximum height of cover over any pipe is 100 feet, without a special design. Before a pipe is used under a cover exceeding 100 feet, the structural maximum allowable height of cover and the required bearing pressure should be calculated and an investigation of the bearing capacity of the foundation material performed. Abbreviations and Symbols D-LOAD The supporting strength of a pipe

loaded under three-edge-bearing test conditions expressed in pounds per linear foot per foot of inside diameter or span [Newton’s per linear meter per millimeter of inside diameter or span].

HE Horizontal elliptical reinforced concrete

pipe VE Vertical elliptical reinforced concrete pipe Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Design Loading Spans above 12' shall be designed as per section 1008.5.3.

Page 62: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 63: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1008-10

BEDDING REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE WITH TYPE 2

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEIGHT OF COVER FOR

Reference Section1008.2.1

706.02 Pipe-Minimum Test Load to Produce a 0.01-Inch Crack D-Load

Height of Fill (Maximum)

Revised July, 2002

Thick-Pipe 3250300027502500225020001750150012501000nessDia.

InchesInches

464238353128****212464239353128****2.2515464239353128242017*2.518464238353128242017*2.7521454238343127242016*324454138343127242016133.2527454138343127232016123.53044413734302723191612436444137333026231916124.54244403733302623191512548444037332926221915125.55443403633292622191511660433936322925221815116.56643393632292522181411772423935322825211814117.5784239353228252118141188442393532282521181410890423935322825211714108.596423835312824211714108.5102423835312824211714109108423835312824211713109.51144238343127242017131010120413834312724201713910.5126413834312724201613911132413734302723201612912144

Page 64: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1008-11

BEDDING REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE WITH TYPE 3MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEIGHT OF COVER FOR

Reference Section1008.2.1

706.02 Pipe-Minimum Test Load to Produce a 0.01-Inch Crack D-Load

Height of Fill (Maximum)

Revised July, 2002

Thick-Pipe3250300027502500225020001750150012501000nessDia.

InchesInches

232119171514****212232220181614****2.251524222018161412108*2.51824222018161412108*2.752124222018161412108*3242422201816141210863.25272422201816141210863.5302422201816141210864362422201816141210864.5422422201816141210855482422201816141210855.554242220181614121075660242220181614129756.56624222018161311975772242220181513119757.5782421191715131197488423211917151311974890232119171513119648.596232119171513118648.5102232119171513108649108232119171412108649.511423211816141210863101202220181614121086310.51262220181614121075311132222018161411975312144

Page 65: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEIGHT OF COVER FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE ELLIPTICAL PIPE

WITH TYPE 2 BEDDING70

6.04

Pip

e-M

inim

um T

est L

oad

To P

rodu

ce A

0.0

1_In

ch C

rack

Clas

sCl

ass

Heig

ht o

f Fill

(Max

imum

) He

ight

of F

ill (M

axim

um)

Revised July, 2002

1008-12

Reference Section

1008.2.1Th

ick-

Pipe

Eq

ual

Thick

-Pi

pe

Equa

lVE

-VI

VE-V

VE-IV

VE-II

IVE

-IIne

ssRi

se x

Spa

nRo

und

HE-IV

HE-II

IHE

-IIHE

-Ine

ssRi

se x

Spa

nRo

und

inch

esin

ches

Dia.

inch

esin

ches

Dia.

4936

2417

134.

545

x29

3623

1510

*2.

7514

x23

1849

3725

1713

553

x34

4224

1611

*3.

2519

x30

2450

3825

1713

5.5

60x3

848

2416

11*

3.5

22x3

427

5038

2517

136

68x4

354

2416

11*

3.75

24x3

830

3826

1713

6.5

76x4

860

2416

11*

4.5

29x4

536

3826

1813

783

x53

6624

1612

*5

34x5

342

2718

147.

591

x58

7216

13*

5.5

38x6

048

2718

148

98x6

378

1713

96

43x6

854

2719

148.

510

6x68

8417

1310

6.5

48x7

660

911

3x72

9017

1310

753

x83

669.

512

1x77

9618

1310

7.5

58x9

172

9.75

128x

8210

218

1311

863

x98

7810

136x

8710

818

1411

8.5

68x1

0684

10.5

143x

9211

418

149

72x1

1390

1115

1x97

120

1814

9.5

77x1

2196

1216

6x10

613

218

149.

7582

x128

102

1318

0x11

614

419

1410

87x1

3610

810

.592

x143

114

1197

x151

120

1210

6x16

613

213

116x

180

144

Page 66: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1008-13

CONCRETE PIPE WITH TYPE 2 BEDDINGCOVER FOR NON-REINFORCEDMAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEIGHT OF

Reference Section

1008.2.1

706.08706.01

Class

Height of Fill (Maximum)

Revised July 2002

Ext.Std.Pipe Str.Str.IIIIIIDia.

inches

4124494131430183630226251627231782215221915101812181512121711171511151611161511181610--10211610--10241610---271510---301510---331510---36

Page 67: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1008-14

CULVERTS WITH TYPE 1 BEDDING FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEIGHT OF COVER

Reference Section

1008.5

706.05 Precast Reinforced Concrete Box CulvertsBox Rise ft

*Height of Fill (Maximum)

Approval of The Office of Structural Engineering is required for sizes other than those listed above.

surface.Spans above 12' shall be designed for HS25 live load with an additonal 60psf for a future wearing

Revised April 2005

Box10987654Span

ft

---101010108-1010101010-10

10-10-10-1012101010101010101410101010101010161010101010101018888888820

* Contact Office of Structural Engineering for heights of fill greater than those listed above.

Side wall, top and bottom thickness is equalivent to the span in inches with the maximum being 12 inches.

Page 68: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 69: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

General Notes - Figures 1008-15 through 1008-21

Thickness The following table shows the available commercial metal thicknesses for aluminum pipe

0.060 0.100 0.075 0.125 0.105 0.150 0.135 0.175 0.164 0.200

0.225 0.250

Minimum Cover The minimum cover is measured from the top of the pipe or pipe arch to the top of subgrade; however, in no installation shall the distance from the top of the pipe or pipe arch to the top of the wearing surface or finished grade be less than the figure values plus 6 inches. Maximum Cover The maximum height of cover is measured from the top of the pipe or pipe arch to the top of the wearing surface. When a dashed line is shown in any column, the pipe shown in the corresponding row shall not be specified for the thickness indicated. The maximum height of cover over any pipe is 100 feet, without a special design. Before a pipe is used under a cover exceeding 100 feet, the structural maximum allowable height of cover and the required bearing pressure should be calculated and an investigation of the bearing capacity of the foundation material performed. Parameters The figures are based upon the following parameters: A. A standard highway loading of HS 20-44 for

live load. B. Unit weight of embankment material = 120

pounds per cubic foot . C. Factor of safety for seam strength = 3.0

D. Factor of safety for buckling = 2.0 E. Horizontal soil modulus =1400 pounds per

square inch Foundation For all pipe arch installations, the foundation material shall be investigated to determine its bearing capacity. The bearing capacity shall be a minimum of twice the corner bearing pressure. Seam Fabrication Allowable heights of cover are based upon the following types of seam fabrication: A. 707.21 pipes; 12" dia. through 36" dia. with

one row of rivets; 42" dia. through 84" with two rows of rivets.

B. 707.21 pipe arches; 17" X 13" through 42" X

29" with one row of rivets; 49" X 33" through 83" X 57" with two rows of rivets.

C. 707.22 pipes and pipe arches; all sizes with

two rows of rivets. D. 707.23 pipes and pipe arches; all sizes and

wall thicknesses with four bolts per nine inches of seam (3/4" diameter bolts).

E. 707.24 pipes; all sizes and wall thicknesses

with lock seams. F. Spot welded, helical butt welded and lock

seams are considered equal to the seam strength of riveted seams.

Abbreviations and Symbols 20+ [6+] The maximum allowable height

of cover over any pipe-arch is 20' without a special design. The plus sign indicates the pipe-arch is structurally safe under a cover greater than 20', but the bearing capacity of the foundation may not be adequate.

Ht. height, in feet (ft.) CBP corner bearing pressure, in tons per

square foot (tsf) b/ft. bolts per foot of seam

Metal Thickness Inches

707.21, 707.22 & 707.24

Metal Thickness Inches 707.03

Page 70: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Inv. invalid. Indicates the values were invalid for the pipe-arch. The corner bearing pressure for the pipe-arch will always exceed the given value under any allowable height of cover.

tsf tons per square foot

Page 71: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 72: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 73: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 74: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 75: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 76: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 77: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 78: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 79: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 80: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 81: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 82: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 83: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 84: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 85: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 86: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 87: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 88: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 89: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Table of Contents (Revised January 2006)

1100 Drainage Design Procedures 1101 Estimating Design Discharge ......................................................................................................11-1

1101.1 General ...........................................................................................................................11-1 1101.2 Procedures......................................................................................................................11-1

1101.2.1 Statistical Methods..........................................................................................11-1 1101.2.2 Rational Method..............................................................................................11-1 1101.2.3 Coefficient of Runoff .......................................................................................11-2 1101.2.4 Rainfall Intensity..............................................................................................11-3

1102 Open Water Carriers .....................................................................................................................11-3 1102.1 General ...........................................................................................................................11-3 1102.2 Types of Carriers.............................................................................................................11-3

1102.2.1 Standard Roadway (Roadside) Ditches..........................................................11-3 1102.2.2 Special Ditches ...............................................................................................11-3 1102.2.3 Median Ditches ...............................................................................................11-4 1102.2.4 Channel Relocations.......................................................................................11-4 1102.2.5 Channel Linings and Bank Stabilization .........................................................11-4

1102.3 Ditch Design Criteria - Design Traffic Exceeding 2000 ADT ..........................................11-5 1102.3.1 Design Frequency...........................................................................................11-5 1102.3.2 Ditch Protection...............................................................................................11-5 1102.3.3 Roughness......................................................................................................11-6 1102.3.4 Catch Basin Types..........................................................................................11-6 1102.3.5 Calculated Catch Basin Spacing ....................................................................11-6 1102.3.6 Arbitrary Maximum Catch Basin Spacing .......................................................11-7

1102.4 Ditch Design Criteria - Design Traffic of 2000 ADT or Less ...........................................11-7 1102.4.1 Design Frequency...........................................................................................11-7 1102.4.2 Shear Stress Protection..................................................................................11-7 1102.4.3 Roughness......................................................................................................11-7 1102.4.4 Catch Basin Types..........................................................................................11-7

1102.5 Design Aids for Ditch Flow Analysis ...............................................................................11-7 1102.5.1 Earth Channel Charts .....................................................................................11-7 1102.5.2 Rectangular Channel Charts...........................................................................11-8

1103 Pavement Drainage.......................................................................................................................11-8 1103.1 General ...........................................................................................................................11-8 1103.2 Design Frequency...........................................................................................................11-8 1103.3 Estimating Design Discharge..........................................................................................11-8 1103.4 Capacity of Pavement Gutters ........................................................................................11-9 1103.5 Pavement Flow Charts....................................................................................................11-9 1103.6 Bypass Charts for Continuous Pavement Grades..........................................................11-9

1103.6.1 Curb Opening Inlets ......................................................................................11-10 1103.6.2 Grate or Combination Grate and Curb Opening Inlet ...................................11-10

1103.7 Grate Catch Basins and Curb Opening Inlets In Pavement Sags ................................11-10 1104 Storm Sewers ..............................................................................................................................11-10

1104.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-10 1104.2 Design Considerations..................................................................................................11-11

1104.2.1 Storm Sewer Depth.......................................................................................11-11 1104.2.2 Storm Sewer Access.....................................................................................11-11

1104.3 Layout Procedure..........................................................................................................11-11 1104.3.1 Plan ...............................................................................................................11-11 1104.3.2 Profile ............................................................................................................11-12

1104.4 Storm Sewer Design Criteria ........................................................................................11-12 1104.4.1 Design Frequency.........................................................................................11-12 1104.4.2 Hydraulic Grade Line ....................................................................................11-12 1104.4.3 Coefficient of Runoff .....................................................................................11-12 1104.4.4 Time of Concentration...................................................................................11-12 1104.4.5 Pipe Roughness Coefficient..........................................................................11-12

Page 90: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1104.4.6 Minimum Storm Sewer Pipe Size .................................................................11-13 1104.5 Hydraulic Design Procedure .........................................................................................11-13

1105 Roadway Culverts .......................................................................................................................11-13 1105.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-13 1105.2 Stream Protection .........................................................................................................11-13

1105.2.1 Bankfull Discharge Design............................................................................11-13 1105.2.2 Depressed Culvert Inverts ............................................................................11-14 1105.2.3 Flood Plain Culverts......................................................................................11-15 1105.2.4 Multiple Cell Culverts ....................................................................................11-15 1105.2.5 Paved Depressed Approach Apron ..............................................................11-15 1105.2.6 Improved Inlets .............................................................................................11-16 1005.2.7 Energy Control Structures.............................................................................11-16

1105.3 Types of Culvert Flow ...................................................................................................11-17 1105.4 Design Procedure .........................................................................................................11-17

1105.4.1 General .........................................................................................................11-17 1105.4.2 Hydraulic Analysis.........................................................................................11-17

1105.5 Use of Nomographs ......................................................................................................11-18 1105.5.1 Outlet Control................................................................................................11-18 1105.5.2 Inlet Control...................................................................................................11-18

1105.6 Design Criteria ..............................................................................................................11-18 1105.6.1 Design Frequency.........................................................................................11-18 1105.6.2 Maximum Allowable Headwater ...................................................................11-18 1105.6.3 Method Used to Estimate Storm Discharge..................................................11-18 1105.6.4 Scale of Topographic Mapping Used to Delineate Contributing Drainage Areas.....................................................................................................................................11-18 1105.6.5 Manning’s Roughness Coefficient “n”...........................................................11-18 1105.6.6 Entrance Loss Coefficient “ke” ......................................................................11-18 1105.6.7 Minimum Cover.............................................................................................11-18 1105.6.8 Maximum Cover............................................................................................11-18 1105.6.9 Maximum Allowable Outlet Velocity..............................................................11-18 1105.6.10 Headwall Type ............................................................................................11-19 1105.6.11 Contacts With County Engineer..................................................................11-19 1105.6.12 Minimum Pipe Size .....................................................................................11-19

1105.7 Special Considerations .................................................................................................11-19 1105.7.1 Tailwater........................................................................................................11-19

1106 End Treatments ...........................................................................................................................11-19 1106.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-19

1106.1.1 Usage............................................................................................................11-19 1106.1.2 End Treatment Grading ................................................................................11-20

1106.2 Headwall Types.............................................................................................................11-20 1106.2.1 Half-Height Headwalls ..................................................................................11-20 1106.2.2 Full-Height Headwalls ...................................................................................11-20

1106.3 Concrete Apron.............................................................................................................11-21 1107 Rock Channel Protection ...........................................................................................................11-21

1107.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-21 1107.2 Types ............................................................................................................................11-21

1108 Agricultural Drainage..................................................................................................................11-21 1108.1 Farm Drain Crossings ...................................................................................................11-21 1108.2 Farm Drain Outlets........................................................................................................11-21

1109 Longitudinal Sewer Location.....................................................................................................11-21 1109.1 Under Pavement ...........................................................................................................11-21 1109.2 Under Paved Shoulder..................................................................................................11-22 1109.3 Approval ........................................................................................................................11-22

1110 Reinforced Concrete Radius Pipe and Box Sections..............................................................11-22 1110.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-22

1111 Sanitary Sewers ..........................................................................................................................11-22 1111.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-22

Page 91: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1111.2 Manholes.......................................................................................................................11-22 1112 Notice of Intent (NOI) ..................................................................................................................11-22

1112.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-22 1112.2 Maintenance Project .....................................................................................................11-22

1113 Erosion Control at Bridge Ends ................................................................................................11-22 1113.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-22 1113.2 Corner Cone..................................................................................................................11-23

1114 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) ...................................................................11-23 1114.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-23 1114.2 Objectives .....................................................................................................................11-23 1114.3 General Guidance.........................................................................................................11-23

1114.3.1 Required Size of Sediment Basins ...............................................................11-24 1115 Post Construction Storm Water Structural Best Management Practices .............................11-24

1115.1 General .........................................................................................................................11-24 1115.2 Land Disturbance Limits ...............................................................................................11-24

1116 Water Quality Volume.................................................................................................................11-25 1116.1 Water Quality Volume Calculation ................................................................................11-25 1116.2 WQv Weighted Average ...............................................................................................11-25 1116.3 Structural BMP Using the WQv.....................................................................................11-25

1117 Water Quality Flow......................................................................................................................11-25 1117.1 Water Quality Flow Calculation.....................................................................................11-25 1117.2 Structural BMP Using the WQf .....................................................................................11-25

1118 BMP Toolbox ...............................................................................................................................11-25 1118.1 Exfiltration Trench .........................................................................................................11-25 1118.2 Manufactured Systems .................................................................................................11-26 1118.3 Vegetated Biofilter.........................................................................................................11-26

1118.3.1 Vegetated Ditch Design Process ..................................................................11-26 1118.3.2 Energy Protection Area.................................................................................11-27

1118.4 Extended Detention ......................................................................................................11-27 1118.4.1 Detention Basin.............................................................................................11-27 1118.4.2 Underground Detention.................................................................................11-28 1118.4.3 Design Check Discharge ..............................................................................11-29

1118.5 Retention Basin.............................................................................................................11-29 1118.5.1 Water Quality Basin and Weir.......................................................................11-29

1118.6 Bioretention Cell............................................................................................................11-29 1118.7 Infiltration.......................................................................................................................11-30

1118.7.1 Infiltration Trench ..........................................................................................11-31 1118.7.2 Infiltration Basin ............................................................................................11-32

1118.8 Constructed Wetlands...................................................................................................11-32

Page 92: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 93: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1100 Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-1

1101 Estimating Design Discharge

1101.1 General

In order to properly design highway drainage facilities, it is essential that a reasonable estimate be made of the design and check discharges. Some of the more important factors affecting runoff are duration, intensity and frequency of rainfall; and the size, imperviousness, slope, and shape of the drainage area. Suitable topographic mapping shall be utilized to determine the contributing drainage area. For drainage areas over 100 acres, a 7.5 minute U.S. Geological Survey Quadrangle will ordinarily suffice. For smaller areas, or where discharges are calculated using the rational method, smaller scale maps (1”=50’ to 1”=800’) may be more appropriate. A proper evaluation should be made of the land use throughout the drainage area. Changes in land use within the drainage area which will occur in the immediate future shall be taken into account when determining design discharges. However, probable land use changes beyond this should not be assumed when determining design discharges. It is the responsibility of the local permitting/zoning agency to ensure proper land and water management techniques are utilized. These techniques will minimize the adverse affects of a change in land use. 1101.2 Procedures

1101.2.1 Statistical Methods

The statistical methods developed by the U.S. Geological Survey and published in USGS Reports 89-4126, 93-135 and 93-4080 shall be used to estimate runoff from larger drainage areas. A description and the limitations of these methods are described in Section 1003. 1101.2.2 Rational Method

The rational method is considered to be more reliable for estimating runoff from small drainage areas, less than the acreage for the USGS Regions; and for areas that contribute overland flow and shallow concentrated flow to the roadway ditch or pavement. The design discharge “Q” is obtained from the equation:

Q = CiA

where: Q = Discharge in cubic feet per second

C = Coefficient of runoff

I = Average rainfall intensity in inches per

hour, for a given storm frequency and for a duration equal to the time of concentration.

A = Drainage area in acres

The time of concentration is the time required for runoff to flow from the most remote point of the drainage area to the point of concentration. The point of concentration could be a culvert, catch basin or the checkpoint in a roadway ditch used to determine the need for velocity protection. Time of concentration is designated by “tc” and is the summation of the time of overland flow “to”, the time of shallow concentrated flow "ts" and the time of pipe or open channel flow “td”. Overland flow is that flow which is not carried in a discernible channel and maintains a uniform depth across the sloping surface. It is often referred to as sheet flow. The time of overland flow may be obtained from Figure 1101-1, a similar overland flow chart, or from the equation:

to ≈ 1.8(1.1-C) (L)(1/2)

(s)(1/3)

where: to = Time of overland flow in minutes

C = Coefficient of runoff

L = Distance to most remote location in

drainage area in feet

s = Overland slope (percent)

These methods should not be used to determine the time of travel for gutter, swale, or ditch flow. This equation and Figure 1101-1 assume a homogeneous drainage area. Where the overland flow area is composed of segments with

Page 94: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-2 January 2006

varying cover and/or slopes, the summation of the time of concentration for each segment will tend to over-estimate the overland flow time, “to”. In this case it may be more appropriate to use an average runoff coefficient "C" and an average ground slope in the Overland Flow Chart. Sheet flow is assumed to occur for no more than 300 feet after which water tends to concentrate in rills and then gullies of increasing proportion. This type of flow is classified as shallow concentrated flow. The velocity of shallow concentrated flow can be estimated using the following relationship:

V = 3.281ks0.5 where: V = Velocity in fps

k = Intercept coefficient

(see Table 1101-1)

s = Overland slope (percent)

Table 1101-1 Types of Surface

Intercept Coefficient “k”

Forest with heavy ground litter 0.076 Min. tillage cultivated; woodland 0.152 Short grass pasture 0.213 Cultivated straight row 0.274 Poor grass; untilled 0.305 Grassed waterways 0.457 Unpaved area; bare soil 0.491 Paved area 0.619

Shallow concentrated flow generally empties into pipe systems, drainage ditches, or natural channels. The velocity of flow in an open channel or pipe can be estimated using the Manning's equation. The travel time for both shallow concentrated flow and open channel or pipe flow is calculated as follows:

60VLtort ds =

where:

ts = Travel time for shallow concentrated flow in minutes

td = Travel time for open channel or pipe flow in minutes

L = Flow length in feet

V = Velocity in fps

Where a contributing drainage area has its steepest slope and/or highest "C" value in the sub-area nearest the point of concentration, the rational method discharge for this sub-area may be greater than if the entire contributing drainage area is considered. The maximum runoff rate for a sub-area should be considered only if greater than that for the entire area. 1101.2.3 Coefficient of Runoff

The coefficient of runoff is a dimensionless decimal value that estimates the percentage of rainfall that becomes runoff. The recommended values for the coefficient of runoff for various contributing surfaces are shown in Table 1101-2. Where two values are shown, the higher value ordinarily applies to the steeper slopes. For Residential areas, lot size should also be considered in choosing the appropriate value for the coefficient of runoff. Generally, a higher value should be associated with smaller lots and a lower value should be associated with larger lot sizes. The selected coefficient should be based upon an estimation of the typical slope, lot size, and lot development. The total width contributing flow to a given point usually consists of surfaces having a variable land cover and thereby requires a weighted coefficient of runoff “C”. The weighted coefficient is obtained by averaging the coefficients for the different types of contributing surfaces, as noted in the following example:

Page 95: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-3

Table 1101-2

Types of Surface

Coefficient of Runoff “C”

Pavement & paved shoulders 0.9 Berms and slopes 4:1 or flatter 0.5 Berms and slopes steeper than 4:1 0.7 Contributing areas Residential (single family) 0.3-0.5 Residential (multi-family) 0.4-0.7 Woods 0.3 Cultivated 0.3-0.6

Contributing Width “W”

Land Use “C” “CW”

20 feet Paved Area 0.9 18 40 feet Earth Berms &

Slopes 0.7 28

140 feet Residential Area 0.6 84 200 feet Summations 130 Weighted “C” = 130/200 = 0.65 Contributing Width “W”

Land Use “C” “CW”

6.1 meters Paved Area 0.9 5.5 6.2 meters Earth Berms &

Slopes 0.7 4.3

42.7 meters Residential Area 0.6 25.6 55 meters Summations 35.4 Weighted “C” = 35.4/55 = 0.64 1101.2.4 Rainfall Intensity

The average rainfall intensity “i” in inches per hour may be obtained from the Intensity-Duration-Frequency curves shown on Figure 1101-2. Each set of curves applies to a specific geographic area, A, B, C, or D as shown on the Rainfall Intensity Zone Map, Figure 1101-3. The geographic areas were established from an analysis of rainfall records obtained from Weather Bureau stations in Ohio. Some political subdivisions may have developed curves for their specific area similar to Figure 1101-2. Such curves may be based on a much longer period of record and provide more reliable information. Any local curves proposed by the designer should be cleared with the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering prior to incorporating that information in the drainage calculations.

1102 Open Water Carriers

1102.1 General

Open water carriers generally provide the most economical means for collecting and conveying surface water contributing to the roadway. The required capacity of a water carrier involves a determination of the velocity and depth of flow for a given discharge. These characteristics can best be obtained from charts that are based on Manning’s equation. Channel flow charts have been prepared for all the common water carrier shapes and are included in the Drainage Design Aids. A ditch computation sheet similar to that provided in the Appendix shall be used to perform or summarize ditch calculations. As a guideline, the desirable minimum roadway ditch grades should be 0.50% with a recommended absolute minimum of 0.25%. Lower grades may be used on large channels as necessary. Open water carriers should maintain a constant slope wherever possible. The proper location of a ditch outfall is quite important. Existing drainage patterns should be perpetuated insofar as practicable. Care should be taken to not capture an existing stream with the roadside ditch. If this is necessary, the designed ditch shall be in accordance to Section 1102.2.4. 1102.2 Types of Carriers

1102.2.1 Standard Roadway (Roadside) Ditches

The various roadside ditches shown in Volume I, Roadway Design, have proven to be safe and to provide adequate flow capacity. A ditch is considered to be standard when the centerline is parallel to the edge of the pavement and the flowline is a uniform distance below the edge of pavement. A modification of the above is required when the grade of the pavement is too flat to provide acceptable ditch flow, thereby creating the need for a special ditch. Channel charts, Drainage Design Aid Figures 1100-1 through 1100-10, are included for use in determining velocity and depth of flow for standard ditches having variable side slopes. 1102.2.2 Special Ditches

Special ditches other than the modified standard roadway ditch described in Section 1102.2.1 above, include the following:

Page 96: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-4 January 2006

A. The steep ditch beyond the toe of the embankment used to carry the flow from a cut section to the valley floor.

B. Toe of fill ditch which is separated from the

toe of fill by a minimum 10 foot wide bench, having a minimum transverse slope of ½ inch per foot toward the ditch.

C. Deep parallel side ditches separated from the

pavement by a wide bench or earth barrier. The special ditches described in A, B and C above are ordinarily trapezoidal in shape and appropriate charts for the hydraulic analysis are included in this section of the manual or in the FHWA publication “Design Charts for Open Channel Flow”’ Hydraulic Design Series No. 3. It is required that the calculated flowline elevation be shown on each special ditch cross section. 1102.2.3 Median Ditches

The median ditches that are an integral part of all earth medians have the same shape and capacity features as the standard roadside radius ditch and the appropriate ditch chart is applicable for the hydraulic analysis. The fully depressed earth median provides adequate hydraulic capacity and the appropriate flow charts in the Drainage Design Aid Figures 1100-11, 1100-12 and 1100-13 have been developed for that shape. The rounding shown on the charts varies from 8 feet to 4 feet, depending on the width of the median. The slight discrepancy in the rounding from that shown in Volume I, Roadway Design, is not considered to affect the accuracy of the charts. 1102.2.4 Channel Relocations

Major channel relocations should be avoided. However, if it becomes necessary to relocate a channel adhere to the following: The design year frequency used for channel relocations shall be that given in Section 1004.2. All channel relocations shall carefully be designed to preclude erosion or unreasonable changes in the environment. Whenever possible, channel relocations shall be restricted to the downstream end of proposed culverts. The relocated channel shall be of a similar cross-section. Where the existing channel exhibits a two-stage cross section morphology, it shall be replaced with like kind. The two-stage channel is comprised of two distinct areas. The first of these

is a meandering bankfull width that carries the channel-forming discharge. The second area is the flood plain width. See Figure 1102-2 for a graphical representation of the major channel features. The proposed channel should be designed such that it matches the existing channel as closely as possible in regards to existing geomorphic conditions (e.g., channel slope and length, velocity, depth of flow, cross-sectional geometry, channel sinuosity, energy dissipation, etc.). The existing channel geometry and physical characteristics should be established from reference reaches and idealized geometry. The reference reaches should be selected from stable channel reaches close to the relocated section or in locations with similar watershed and valley conditions. The relocated channel should be designed to duplicate the existing hydraulic properties for the bankfull design frequency. The flood clearance criteria given in Section 1005 should also be met. Additional information on the design of relocated channels can be found in the United States Department of Agriculture publication, “Stream Corridor Restoration: Principles, Practices and Processes”. The principals given in this publication utilize idealized channel geometry. The actual design should be refined using the channel geometry and physical characteristics of reference reaches. 1102.2.5 Channel Linings and Bank Stabilization

The use of soil bioengineering should be used to stabilize banks for relocated or impacted channels when practicable. Native plant species should be used when feasible. Bank stabilization using bioengineering is covered in the previously referenced USDA publication as well as the AASHTO Model Drainage Manual and the USDA Engineering Field Handbook, chapter 16, part 650. The design procedures and methods for determining the effectiveness of the traditional channel linings are covered in the Federal Highway Administration Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 15 “Design of Stable Channels With Flexible Linings”.

Page 97: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-5

1102.3 Ditch Design Criteria - Design Traffic Exceeding 2000 ADT

1102.3.1 Design Frequency

A 10-year frequency storm shall be used to determine the depth of flow, and a 5-year frequency shall be used to determine the shear stress and the width of ditch lining where needed. Where a flexible ditch lining is required for calculated stresses exceeding the allowable for seed, the minimum width of the lining shall be 7.5 feet. The depth of flow shall be limited to an elevation 1 foot below the edge of pavement for the design discharge. The depth of flow in toe of slope ditches shall be further limited such that the design year discharge does not overtop the ditch bank. 1102.3.2 Ditch Protection

The shear stress for the five-year frequency storm shall not exceed the values shown in Table 1102-1 for the various flexible linings. Table 1102-1

Allowable Shear Stress

Permanent Protection

Protective Lining Allowable Shear Stress (psf)

Seed (659) 0.40

Sod (660) 1.0

Temporary Protection

Ditch Erosion Protection Mat Type___ (670)

A 1.25

B 1.50

C 2.0

E 2.25 F 0.45 G 1.75

The allowable shear stress (τa) will need to be greater than or equal to the actual shear stress (τac). The temporary linings will degrade over time to reach a value of 1.0 psf upon vegetation establishment. The temporary lining shear stress values in Table 1102-1 should only be used on a temporary basis (6 months or less).

Actual shear stress is calculated by the following equation:

D= Water surface depth ft

S = Channel slope ft/ft τac = Actual shear stress lbs/ft

2

If the calculated shear stress exceeds that shown in the table then use the following within the stated limitations: A. Seeding and Erosion Control with Turf

Reinforcing Mat (Supplemental Specification 836) where the ditch slope is less than 10% and maximum velocities are as follows:

Turf Reinforcing Mat

Type Maximum Shear

Stress (psf) Type 1 2.00 Type 2 3.00 Type 3 5.00

B. Type B, C or D Rock Channel Protection may

be used to line the ditch if the nearest point of the lining is outside the design clear zone or located behind guardrail or barrier. The actual shear stress is based upon the parameters of the channel slope and depth of flow for the 5-year discharge. The shear equation if valid for discharges less than 50 cfs with slopes less than 10% when evaluating Rock Channel Protection.

Allowable Shear Stress

RCP Type τa lbs/ft2

B 6 C 4 D 2

C. Type B or C RCP may be utilized for lining

ditches on steep grades (slopes from 10%- 25%) that carry flow from the end of a cut section down to the valley floor. HEC-15 procedures for steep gradient channels (refer to HEC-15) shall be used with a safety factor of 1.5. Contact the Hydraulics Section, Office of Structural Engineering for further guidance of RCP usage for 5-year discharges greater than or equal to 50 cfs.

D. Tied concrete block mat protection (601) may

be used for channels with 2:1 or flatter side side slopes with profile grades at 5% or less.

τ ac= 62.4 D. S.

Page 98: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-6 January 2006

The matting may be used within the clearzone provided that the top of the blocks are flush with the finished grade. Backfill and anchor the block mat per the manufactures recommendations. The allowable shear stress for each type is shown in table 1102-2.

Table 1102-2

CONCRETE BLOCK MAT SHEAR STRESS

Type

Allowable Shear

Stress (psf)

1

3

2

5

3

7

E. A concrete lining should be considered only

as a last resort. 1102.3.3 Roughness

Suggested values for Manning’s Roughness Coefficient “n” for the various types of open water carriers are listed in Table 1102-3. Table 1102-3 Type of Lining

Roughness Coefficient

Bare Earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02 Seeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03 Sod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 Item 670 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 Erosion Control Matting . . . . . . . 0.04 Concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.015 Bituminous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.015 Grouted Riprap . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02 Tied Concrete Block Mat . . . . . . 0.03 Rock Channel Protection . . . . . . . . . . .

0.06 for ditches 0.04 for large channels

1102.3.4 Catch Basin Types

The Standard No. 4, 5, and 8 Catch Basins are suitable for the standard roadside designs covered in Volume I, Roadway Design. The tilt built into the basin top provides a self-cleaning feature when the basins are used on continuous grades and the wide bar spacing minimizes clogging possibilities, thereby resulting in an efficient design. The bases of the 4, 5 and 8 Catch Basins can be expanded to accommodate

larger diameter conduits by specifying Standard Construction Drawing CB-3.4. The bar spacing can be decreased, when desirable for safety reasons, by specifying Grate “E” for the No. 4 and Grate “B” for the No. 5. The following catch basin types are generally recommended based on the size and shape of the ditch. A. Standard No. 4 for depressed medians wider

than 40 feet. B. Standard No. 5 for 40 foot radius roadside or

median ditches. (Use Grate “B” where pedestrian traffic may be expected.)

C. Standard No. 8 for 20 foot radius roadside or

depressed medians 40 feet or less in width. D. Standard No. 2-2-A may be used in

trapezoidal toe ditches where the basin is located in a rural area. The basin should also be located outside the design clear zone or behind guardrail where the protruding feature of the basin is not objectionable. The capacity of the side inlet catch basin window, for unsubmerged conditions, may be determined by the standard weir equation:

Q=CLH3/2

where C is a weir coefficient, generally 3.0, L is the length of opening in feet, H is the distance from the bottom of the window to the surface of the design flow in feet. The catch basin grate is considered as an access point for the storm sewer and its capacity to admit flow is ignored for continuous grades.

E. Standard No. 2-2-B should be used where

minor, nonclogging flows are involved such as yard sections and the small triangular area created by the guardrail treatment for a depressed median at bridge terminals. Standard No. 2-3 through No. 2-6 catch basins should be provided where a larger base is required to accommodate pipes larger than 18 inches in span or sewer junctions, or where a No. 2-2-B catch basin will not provide adequate access to the sewer.

F. In urban areas, Standard Side Ditch Inlets

should be used to drain small areas of trapped water behind curbs and/or between driveways.

1102.3.5 Calculated Catch Basin Spacing

Catch basins must be provided to intercept flow from open water carriers when the depth of flow

Page 99: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-7

or velocity exceeds the maximum allowable for the design storm for all highway classifications. The standard ditch catch basins, designated Catch Basin No. 4, Catch Basin No. 5, and Catch Basin No. 8, include an earth dike. The dike is approximately 12 inches above the flowline of the grate, immediately downstream from the catch basin and serves to block the flow on continuous grades and create a sump condition. When the calculated depth of flow or velocity exceeds the maximum allowable at the checkpoint in the ditch, a catch basin or ditch lining will be required. However, the capacity of the catch basin may be less than the capacity of the ditch and thereby control the catch basin spacing. Figure 1102-1 may be used to check the capacity of a catch basin grate in a sump. To use Figure 1102-1, the calculated discharge at the ditch checkpoint shall be doubled to compensate for possible partial clogging of the grate. In cut sections, the accumulated ditch flow shall be carried as far as the capacity, allowable depth, or velocity of flow will permit. The first catch basin in the roadside or median ditch will determine the need for a storm sewer system required for the remainder of the cut. Velocity control should be extended as far as inexpensive flexible ditch linings will permit. Consideration should also be given to providing positive outlets for underdrains and providing access to longitudinal sewer systems when locating ditch catch basins. 1102.3.6 Arbitrary Maximum Catch Basin Spacing

Catch basins are required at the low point of all sags and the earth dike noted in Section 1102.3.5 shall be omitted. The maximum distance between catch basins in depressed medians in fill sections shall be as shown in Table 1102-4. Where underdrains are utilized, catch basins shall be provided at a maximum spacing of 1000 feet [300 meters] (500 feet [150 meters] with free draining base) to provide a positive outlet for underdrains. Table 1102-4

Depressed Median Catch Basin Spacing (Fill Sections)

Median Width

Desirable Spacing

Maximum Spacing

84 feet 1250 feet 1500 feet

60 feet 1000 feet 1250 feet 40 feet 800 feet 1000 feet

1102.4 Ditch Design Criteria - Design Traffic of 2000 ADT or Less

1102.4.1 Design Frequency

A 5-year frequency storm shall be used to determine the depth of flow, and a 2-year frequency to determine the shear stress of flow and width of ditch lining, where needed. The depth of flow shall be limited to an elevation 9 inches below the edge of pavement for the design discharge. The depth of flow in toe of slope ditches shall be further limited such that the design year discharge does not overtop the ditch bank. The minimum width of lining shall be in accordance with Section 1102.3.1. 1102.4.2 Shear Stress Protection

Shear stress protection shall be in accordance with 1002.3.2 except that a 2-year frequency event shall be used. 1102.4.3 Roughness

The roughness used for the hydraulic analysis shall be based on the Manning's Roughness Coefficient values shown in Table 1102-3. 1102.4.4 Catch Basin Types

Standard No. 5 Catch Basins, No. 2-2-A Catch Basin (within their safety limitations as discussed in Section 1102.3.4(D)) and No. 2-2-B Catch Basins should be considered for the lower ADT highways. Standard No. 4 Catch Basins should be used where additional capacity is required. 1102.5 Design Aids for Ditch Flow Analysis

1102.5.1 Earth Channel Charts

Standard radius roadside ditch charts have been prepared, based on the Manning’s equation, to facilitate the hydraulic analysis of ditch flow and are included in the Drainage Design Aids. Some of the more commonly used trapezoidal channel charts are also included. Other trapezoidal channel charts (with 2:1 - 2:1 side slopes and bottom widths varying from 2 feet to 20 feet are available in the Federal Highway Administration publication referenced in section 1102.2.2.

Page 100: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-8 January 2006

All earth channel charts have been prepared using a Manning's Coefficient of Roughness of 0.03, which is recommended for a seed lining (Construction and Material Specifications Item 659). Qn and Vn scales have been included on all channel charts so that the channel flow may be analyzed for any value of “n” depending on the roughness of the channel or lining. 1102.5.2 Rectangular Channel Charts

Vertical side channel charts that can be used to analyze the open channel flow in box culverts are included in the Federal Highway Administration publication “Design Charts for Open Channel flow,” previously referred to. 1103 Pavement Drainage

1103.1 General

When curbs are provided at the edge of pavement or paved shoulder, (primarily in urban areas), it is necessary to determine the proper type of pavement inlet (or catch basin) to control the spread of water and depth of flow on the pavement. Present day geometric design has resulted in relatively flat transverse and longitudinal pavement slopes. These slopes require more pavement inlets (or catch basins) and consequently result in an appreciable increase in the drainage cost. To alleviate the above, where curb is permissible, standard curb and gutter should be used adjacent to the pavement. Where standard curb and gutter cannot be provided, the outside lanes of a muli-lane pavement should maintain a transverse slope of 1/4 inch per foot (0.02). If paved shoulders are provided, the drainage cost will be decreased appreciably due to the large volume of flow that can be carried on the pavement shoulder without exceeding the allowable depth of 1 inch below the top of curb or a maximum of 5 inches; a maximum depth of 6 inches is permissible where a barrier shape is provided adjacent to the pavement. A pavement drainage computation sheet similar to that provided in the Appendix shall be used to perform or summarize necessary computations. Additional information concerning pavement drainage can be obtained from the Federal Highway Administration Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 22, "Urban Drainage Design Manual."

1103.2 Design Frequency

Pavement inlets (or catch basins) shall be spaced to limit the spread of flow on the traveled lane (considered to be 12 feet wide) as shown in Table 1103-1. The allowable spread may be increased slightly for streets carrying predominantly local traffic and with design speeds less than 45 mph. Design shall be based upon the following frequencies: Freeways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 YearsHigh volume highways (over 6000 ADT Rural or 9000 ADT Urban) . . . 5 Years

All other highways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Years For underpasses or other depressed roadways where ponded water can be removed only through the storm sewer system, the spread shall be checked for a 50-year storm for Freeways and high volume highways as defined above, and for a 25-year storm for other highways. The ponding will be permitted to cover all but one through lane of a multiple lane pavement. The depth of flow at the curb shall not exceed 1 inch below the top of the curb for the design discharge regardless of the type of highway. A maximum depth of 6 inches is permissible where a barrier shape is provided adjacent to the pavement. Table 1103-1

Allowable Pavement Spread Freeways 0 feet

High Volume Highways (Over 6000 ADT rural or 9000 ADT urban)

High Speed ($45 mph) 4 feet

Low Speed (< 45mph) 2 lanes 6 feet $4 lanes 8 feet All other Highways 2 lanes 6 feet

$4 lanes 8 feet

1103.3 Estimating Design Discharge

Runoff contributing to curbed pavements shall be estimated by the rational method, as explained in Sections 1101.2.2, 1101.2.3 and 1101.2.4. The time of concentration “tc” shall be the actual time of concentration calculated according to Section 1101.2.2 with an absolute minimum time of 10 minutes. In urban areas, where justifiable (e.g. contributing drainage area would be difficult to determine), the

Page 101: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-9

“strip method” may be used to determine contributing drainage areas. The strip method assumes a contributing drainage area of 150 feet taken on each side of the roadway centerline. 1103.4 Capacity of Pavement Gutters

A pavement gutter has a right triangular shape, with the curb forming the vertical leg and the straight pavement slope, the gutter plate of a curb and gutter, or a paved shoulder forming the hypotenuse. A standard curb and gutter adjacent to a straight pavement slope, or paved shoulder, forms a composite gutter section which complicates the flow analysis. In most cases, the top width of the water surface in a pavement gutter far exceeds the height of the curb. The hydraulic radius does not accurately describe the gutter cross section in this situation, thereby requiring a modification to the Manning’s equation to analyze the gutter flow. The accepted modification results in the following equation:

Q = 0.56 Z S1/2 d8/3

n

where: Q = Discharge in cubic feet per second

Z = Reciprocal of the pavement cross

n = Manning’s Coefficient of Roughness

(Table 1102-3)

s = Longitudinal pavement slope

d = Depth of flow in gutter section at curb in feet

Figure 1103-1 provides a graphical solution for the above equation and its use is comparatively simple for straight transverse pavement slopes. However, the use of the nomograph to determine depth of flow at the curb and resulting spread on the pavement for composite sections is much more involved. 1103.5 Pavement Flow Charts

Charts have been prepared for the more commonly used curbed pavement typical sections, and they are included in the Drainage Design Aids. The charts are particularly helpful for determining the flow for composite pavement

sections where the spread can be read directly from the appropriate Pavement Flow Chart. To use the charts, enter with a predetermined design discharge (total flow) Qt in the gutter in cubic feet per second and proceed vertically to intersect the longitudinal gutter slope line. At that intersection, read the spread in feet shown on the diagonal spread lines. The spread of flow will generally control the pavement inlet or catch basin spacing, where the transverse and longitudinal slope of the pavement is relatively flat. The above is prevalent in long flat sag vertical curves, where a flanking inlet (or catch basin) should arbitrarily be provided on both sides of the low point in a pavement sag. This is particularly so for Freeways. Three inlets or catch basins in a sag can be justified only on the basis of need for other highway classifications. Usually a Standard 6 foot pavement inlet or No. 3A catch basin will be adequate, and they should be placed where the grade elevation is approximately 0.20 feet higher than at the low point. Furnish a CB-No. 3 at the sump. Inlets or catch basins should arbitrarily be placed upstream of all intersections, bridges and pedestrian ramps. When justified, inlets (or catch basins) should be located a minimum of 10 feet off drive aprons, intersection return radii, pedestrian ramps or curb termini. 1103.6 Bypass Charts for Continuous Pavement Grades

Bypass charts are included for the standard pavement inlets and catch basins in the Drainage Design Aids. Bypass for a given structure can be read directly from the chart (At the intersection of the spread, determined in Section 1103.5, and the longitudinal gutter slope, read the bypass flow Qb on the abscissa). Experience has proven that, for greater efficiency, inlets should be sized to bypass a minimum of 10% to 15% of the design discharge. This criterion should be used to determine the type or length of inlet to be used in a given location. It is not intended to establish the required spacing. The most efficient design maintains the allowable spread on continuous grades and at the sag. The bypass for a catch basin or inlet should be added to the total flow in the adjacent downstream gutter section.

Page 102: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-10 January 2006

1103.6.1 Curb Opening Inlets

The flow bypassing a standard curb opening inlet, for pavement transverse slopes or combination of slopes differing from the charts included in the Drainage Design Aids, may be obtained from Figure 1103-2. The use of curb opening inlets should be avoided where bicycle traffic is expected. 1103.6.2 Grate or Combination Grate and Curb Opening Inlet

The standard pavement catch basin in this category is considered to intercept all the flow over the grate when used on continuous grades. A portion of the flow outside of the edge of the grate will also be intercepted, the amount varying with the depth of flow “y” along the edge of the grate. The depth “y” can be determined from Figure 1103-1, and the resulting flow spilling over the edge of the grate from Figure 1103-2, using a ½ inch local depression for straight transverse pavement slopes, or no local depression for a composite gutter section. The curb opening of a combination catch basin on a continuous grade will admit some flow, particularly if there is a partial clogging of the grate; however, the additional capacity should be considered as a factor of safety only. 1103.7 Grate Catch Basins and Curb Opening Inlets In Pavement Sags

The spread determined from the pavement flow charts need not be checked any closer than 25 to 50 feet on either side of the sag, well beyond the limits of the local depression. The spread in the sag should be determined from the depth of flow at the edge of grate using Figure 1103-3 and should include the total flow (contributions from each side of the sag vertical curve) reaching the inlet or catch basin. Standard No. 3 catch basins should be used in pavement sags. The capacity of the grates to admit flow is based on the depth of ponding around the grates. The capacity of the grates shown in Figure 1103-3 is based on weir flow over the edge of the grate, up to a depth of 0.4 feet. For greater depths, the total area of grate opening is considered, with no deduction made for possible clogging. When evaluating the spread in a depressed sag for a 25-year or 50-year event, the capacity of the window shall be considered. This capacity may be obtained from Figure 1103-4. The curb opening capacity should be added to the grate capacity for submerged conditions.

Where the low point of a sag vertical curve occurs in a drive, a No. 6 catch basin should be provided at the low point with flanking No. 3A catch basins as per Section 1103.5. No. 6 catch basins may be used along curbed roadways and medians provided that the grate capacity is not exceeded. 1104 Storm Sewers

1104.1 General

Storm sewer systems are designed to collect and carry storm water runoff from the first pavement or ditch inlet, or catch basin to the predetermined outlet. (Further reference to inlets infers either inlets or catch basins). Long cut sections often result in the need for longitudinal trunk sewers to accept the flow from a series of inlets. The proper location of a sewer outlet is quite important. Existing drainage patterns should be perpetuated insofar as practicable. Careful consideration should be given to the possibility of actionable damage for the diversion of substantial volumes of flow. Long fill sections requiring median or pavement drains may best be served by transverse sewers that outlet independently at the toe of fill ditch. Storm sewer systems shall be sized to convey the current flow from areas naturally contributing to the highway or from intercepting existing storm sewers. Storm sewer systems may be oversized at the request of a local government entity to convey flow from areas beyond those considered highway responsibility or increased flows from anticipated development with the approval of the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. The additional cost to construct the increased sized storm sewer system will be the responsibility of the local government. The proration of project funds and local government funds will be determined from estimated construction costs. The project funding participation will be determined as a percentage of the total cost of the affected plan items. The percentage will be computed by dividing the estimated cost to construct a highway responsibility system only by the estimated cost to construct the oversized system. The affected plan items and participation percentage will be noted in the plan general summary. Type B conduit shall be specified for storm sewers under pavement, paved shoulders and commercial or industrial drives and Type C conduits for storm sewers beyond those limits.

Page 103: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-11

However, the type of conduit shall not be changed for a short run of conduit which would ordinarily require a change in conduit type. As an example of the above, Type B should be used for a transverse conduit that is required to drain an earth median catch basin in an embankment section under the pavement to a point approximately 10 feet from the embankment slope. A concrete collar, as per Standard Construction Drawing DM-1.1, should be provided to connect the Type B and a Type F Conduit, located back of, and parallel to, the embankment slope. Type F conduit, 707.05 or 707.21 Type C, shall be provided for the pipe specials required to negotiate the bend at the top and bottom of the embankment. The Construction and Material Specifications stipulate the permissible pipe shapes and materials. Storm sewer designs will be based on round pipe, and the choice of the permissible material types for the conduit specified will be the contractor’s option. Extensions of existing pipes should typically be made using like kind material. The length of conduit to be paid for will be the actual number of linear feet, measured from center-to-center of appurtenant small structures. No deduction will be made for catch basins, inlets or manholes that are 6 feet or less across, measured in the direction of flow. 1104.2 Design Considerations

1104.2.1 Storm Sewer Depth

From a cost standpoint, it is desirable to keep a storm sewer system as shallow as possible, consistent with the following controls: A. A minimum cover of 9 inches from the top of

a rigid pipe to the bottom of the pavement subbase (12 inches to 24 inches for a flexible pipe, see Section 1008).

B. A minimum cover of at least 18 inches for

standard strength pipe, where permitted. C. A sufficient depth to permit the use of precast

inlets, catch basins and manholes. Refer to the Standard Construction Drawings for this information.

D. A sufficient depth to avoid interference with

existing utilities such as sanitary sewers, the grade of which cannot be changed.

E. A sufficient depth to provide a positive outlet for underdrains. It is desirable to maintain the underdrain outlet 12 inches above the flow line of the outlet structure with 6 inches as a minimum.

F. Sufficient slope to provide a desirable

minimum velocity of 3 feet per second, for self-cleansing. This velocity is calculated using the “just full” Manning’s Equation.

G. The crown of a smaller upstream pipe in a

longitudinal trunk sewer should match the crown of the adjacent downstream pipe.

Where proposed highway storm sewers or ditches will interfere with existing private drains carrying treated or untreated sanitary flow, the names and addresses of the affected property owners shall be submitted to the District Deputy Director. The above information shall be obtained well in advance of the Field Drainage Review so the appropriate provisions of Directive No. 22-A can be followed. 1104.2.2 Storm Sewer Access

Most standard catch basins and pavement inlets will provide sufficient access to small shallow sewers. Catch basin or pavement inlets can be used to negotiate changes in sewer sizes or minor horizontal or vertical direction changes within the size limitation of the structure, but more pronounced changes may require manholes. It may be necessary, or desirable to locate longitudinal trunk sewers away from the curb to provide for a utility strip between the curb and the sidewalk and to avoid a conflict with the underdrain system. This will require properly spaced manholes in the sewer line. Small sewers (under 36 inches in diameter) located under or near the edge of pavement, should be accessible at intervals not to exceed 300 feet. For sewers sized 36 to 60 inches manholes should be spaced every 500 feet maximum. Manholes should be provided every 750 to 1000 feet maximum for larger sewers. 1104.3 Layout Procedure

1104.3.1 Plan

A print of the plan sheets involved should be used to spot catch basins and inlets that are required to drain the project and satisfy maximum allowable depth and/or spread of flow. A strip map showing the delineated drainage area and

Page 104: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-12 January 2006

topography is required. The map will provide the designer with a means of determining the drainage area and the weighted coefficient of runoff for the individual areas contributing flow to the required storm sewer system. 1104.3.2 Profile

A profile of the existing and proposed pavement or ground line over the proposed sewer location should be plotted. On the same profile, plot the locations of catch basins, inlets and manholes, along with a tentative storm sewer system. 1104.4 Storm Sewer Design Criteria

1104.4.1 Design Frequency

All storm sewers shall be sized to flow just full (i.e. depth of flow for maximum discharge) for a 10-year frequency storm. The size is determined by working downstream from the first sewer run. It will be acceptable to use a discharge of a more frequent occurrence if consistent with local policy (depending upon the design ADT of the roadway) or to avoid extensive replacement of an existing downstream drainage system. 1104.4.2 Hydraulic Grade Line

Starting at the storm sewer system outlet and working upstream, the elevation of the hydraulic grade line at the upper end of each sewer run should be determined using a 25-year frequency. It will be acceptable to use a discharge of a more frequent occurrence if consistent with local policy (depending upon the design ADT of the roadway) or to avoid extensive replacement of an existing downstream drainage system. Ordinarily, the hydraulic grade line will be above the top of the pipe, causing the system to operate under pressure. If, however, any run in the system does not flow full, (pipe slope steeper than the friction slope) the hydraulic grade line will follow the friction slope until it reaches the normal depth of flow in the steep run. From that point, the hydraulic grade line will coincide with the normal depth of flow until it reaches a run flatter than the friction slope for that run. The starting elevation for the hydraulic grade line determination should be the higher of either: the downstream tail water channel water surface elevation or (dc+D)/2 at the system outlet. Section 1105.6.1 The intensity “i” in the rational equation Q=CiA [Q=CiA/360] used to determine the check discharge (25-year frequency) shall be the same

for all sewer runs as that calculated for the last, or downstream run, in a continuous sewer system. The hydraulic grade line shall not exceed the following for any roadway with greater than 2000 ADT: A. 12 inches below the edge of pavement for

sections without curb. B. The elevation of a curb opening inlet or grate

elevation of a pavement catch basin. Consideration shall be given to a reduction in the design frequency and to more liberal hydraulic grade line controls for less important highways than those noted above. The check discharge, to determine the elevation of the hydraulic grade line for highways having depressed sags that must be drained by storm sewers, shall be based on a 50-year frequency. One directional lane of a multiple lane highway or one-half of a lane on a 2-lane highway should be passable when the sewer system is discharging the 50-year storm. Storm sewers for all highways shall satisfy a 50-year check to preclude flooding of buildings or extensive flooding of private property. If the hydraulic grade line exceeds the limits noted above, the controlling sewer size shall be increased. (These criteria are not intended to lower existing high water elevations) 1104.4.3 Coefficient of Runoff

The weighted coefficient of runoff shall be determined as explained in Section 1101.2.3 1104.4.4 Time of Concentration

The time shall be determined as explained in Section 1101.2.2. A minimum time of concentration of 15 minutes to the first ditch catch basin and 10 minutes to the first pavement inlet shall be used. The actual calculated time of concentration shall be used when values greater than these minimums occur.

1104.4.5 Pipe Roughness Coefficient

A Manning’s “n” of 0.015 shall be used for sewers 60 inches in diameter and under, and 0.013 for larger sewers. The basic “n” value for smooth pipe, concrete, vitrified clay, bituminous lined corrugated steel or thermoplastic is 0.012. The

Page 105: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-13

increased values are recommended for sewers to compensate for minor head losses incurred at catch basins, inlets and manholes located in a storm sewer system. 1104.4.6 Minimum Storm Sewer Pipe Size

A minimum pipe diameter of 15 inches shall be used for Freeways and Freeway ramps (Where an existing storm sewer is to remain in service, it is not necessary to replace, hydraulically adequate pipes to meet this criterion) and 12 inches for other highways. 1104.5 Hydraulic Design Procedure

With the layout suggested in Section 1104.3, start with the upper catch basin or inlet and determine the value of CA for the contributing flow (CA is the product of the weighted coefficient of runoff and the drainage area). Next, determine the time of concentration for the first area and the corresponding rainfall intensity “i” from the proper curve shown on Figure 1101-2. The design discharge “Q” to use to determine the required size of the first sewer from MH No. 1 to MH No. 2 is the product of Ca x i [0.0028CA x i]. At manhole No. 2, determine the value of CA for the additional area contributing at that point and add to the CA for MH No. 1. Compute the time of flow in the storm sewer from MH No.1 to MH No. 2 in minutes and add to the time of concentration at MH No. 1. Check the time of concentration for the area contributing to MH No. 2, and use the larger of the two as the duration for the new value of rainfall intensity for computing the design flow from MH No. 2 to MH No. 3. It is obvious that the process is quite involved, and a storm sewer computation sheet similar to that provided in the Appendix shall be used to tabulate the required information. The calculations for lateral connections to the longitudinal trunk sewer should be tabulated separately from the trunk sewer calculations. 1105 Roadway Culverts

1105.1 General

A culvert generally carries a natural stream under the highway embankment. The culvert horizontal and vertical alignment matches the natural channel horizontal and vertical alignment. Ensure the upstream invert is not below the natural channel unless the culvert has depressed inverts,

a paved depressed approach apron, or an improved inlet. Optimum culvert design (i.e., best hydraulic performance and least environmental impacts) occurs when the roadway alignment is normal to the flow in the channel and is located on a relatively straight and stable section of the channel. Roadway alignment needs to be considered early in the design process to provide optimum culvert design. The proposed roadway should avoid stream confluences. Culverts should not be placed on skews in excess of 45º or as further limited in Section 1008. A single-cell round pipe should be the designer’s first choice. In cases where required cover or discharge precludes a round pipe, consideration should be given to a single-cell elliptical concrete, metal pipe-arch, prefabricated box culvert or three-sided structure, in order of preferred use. For justification of multiple cell culverts, see Section 1105.2.4. Culvert location should perpetuate existing drainage patterns insofar as practicable. Diversion of substantial volumes of flow requires consideration of possible actionable damage. 1105.2 Stream Protection

Stream protection ensures the stream will not degrade due to incision caused by down-cutting, or head-cutting. Stream protection best management practices (BMP) are as follows:

• Bankfull discharge design • Depressed culvert inverts • Flood plain culverts • Multiple cell culverts • Paved depressed approach apron • Improved inlets • Energy control structures

Provide stream protection BMP for all culverts. Each BMP has use restrictions. 1105.2.1 Bankfull Discharge Design

Culverts that are required to convey the bankfull discharge will match the existing channel conditions with the proposed channel conditions. All culverts require a bankfull discharge design except for those culverts that meet any of the following conditions:

• The culvert is a replacement structure.

Page 106: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-14 January 2006

• The culvert is 30" in diameter or rise, or less.

• The culvert is not covered under a

Nationwide Permit Number 14 This BMP will ensure existing stream channel conditions are maintained. If multiple cell culverts are provided, ensure only one culvert conveys the bankfull discharge. Place the invert of additional culverts at the water surface elevation generated by the bankfull discharge. Use the following design steps when performing a bankfull discharge design:

1. Determine the bankfull discharge using USGS report 2005-5153, “Bankfull Characteristics of Ohio Streams and Their Relation To Peak Streamflows”. Use the regression equation that utilizes USGS map-based explanatory variables. The report can be obtained from USGS at: http://pubs.usgs.gov/sir/2005/5153/.

2. Determine the culvert size from traditional

culvert hydraulic design. 3. Depress the culvert invert if required (see

section 1105.2.2). 4. Determine the depth of flow for the pre-

developed channel using the bankfull discharge at: 25 feet before the culvert entrance and 25 feet beyond the culvert exit.

5. Determine the depth of flow for the post-

developed condition using the bankfull discharge at the same locations in step 5.

6. Compare the depth of flow from step 4 to

step 5. Increase the culvert rise until the flow depth in step 5 is lower than or equal to the flow depth in step 4.

7. Add flood plain culverts if required (see

section 1105.2.3).

8. Determine if the culvert meets the required hydraulic design. Upsize the culvert as required.

The proposed culvert will minimize the impact to the stream channel by closely matching the existing depth of flow with the proposed depth of flow for the bankfull discharge.

Determine the depth of flow for the bankfull discharge by one of the following methods:

• A standard step-backwater water-surface profile model such as HEC-RAS using field-obtained stream cross-sections

• Mannings equation using field-obtained

stream cross-sections. 1105.2.2 Depressed Culvert Inverts

All culverts are required to have depressed inverts except for those that meet any of the following conditions:

• The culvert is a replacement structure. • The culvert does not convey a water of

the United States. • The culvert conveys an ephemeral

stream. • The culvert is 30" in diameter or rise, or

less. • The culvert is not covered under a

Nationwide Permit Number 14. • The culvert has a natural channel bottom

(3-sided precast structure). This BMP will produce a natural channel bottom within the culvert. The natural channel bottom provides a substrate for passage of migratory species. The depressed culvert will fill naturally, such that the channel bed in the culvert will be continuous with the adjacent channel sections. Use the following design steps when designing depressed culvert inverts:

1. Determine the culvert size from traditional culvert hydraulic design.

2. Increase the culvert rise or diameter by

one size.

3. Depress the culvert per table 1105-2.

4. Determine if the culvert meets the required hydraulic design. Upsize the culvert as required.

Page 107: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-15

End treatments consist of Item 601 Riprap, 6” Reinforced Concrete Slab with a cutoff wall on both inlet and outlet ends. The slab shall slope up at a 6:1 from the invert to the channel bottom and terminate with a cutoff wall that has a depth of 6” below the depression depth. See standard drawing HW-2.1 for details. Depress the culvert invert per the following table: Table 1105-2

Type A Conduit Invert Depression

Pipe Diameter or Rise Depression <36” None

36”-60” 6” 66”-120” 12”

126”-180” 18” 186”-252” 24”

>252” 30” Modifications to the standard headwalls are not necessary for the depression depths noted above. 1105.2.3 Flood Plain Culverts

All culverts are required to have flood plain culverts except for those that meet any of the following conditions:

• The culvert is a replacement structure. • The flood plain width is less than two (2)

times the width produced by the bankfull discharge design.

• The culvert does not convey a water of

the United States. • The culvert conveys an ephemeral

stream. • The culvert is 30" in diameter or rise, or

less. • The culvert is not covered under a

Nationwide Permit Number 14. Flood plain culverts are used to minimize the effects of a single culvert within a wide flood plain. The installation of a single culvert can concentrate the flow. Flood plain culverts will reduce the concentrated flow by reducing the hydraulic load of the single culvert by spreading the discharge throughout the flood plain. Flood plain culverts are installed adjacent to the single culvert. Place flood plain culvert inverts at

the water surface elevation that is generated by the bankfull discharge design. Locate the flood plain culverts within the flood plain at a location well beyond the single culvert. Provide a minimum of two flood plain culverts. Flood plain culverts are not hydraulically designed or accounted for in the hydraulic design of the single culvert. Use Figure 1002-1 (“other” column) to determine the required diameter. The line and grade of the culvert should approximate that of the natural flood plain. 1105.2.4 Multiple Cell Culverts

A single-cell culvert should be the designer’s first choice within practical limitations. If flood plain culverts are provided, do not use multiple cell culverts. Occasionally, low headwater requirements, high fills, or bankfull design will create the need for multiple cells. For these cases, it is desirable to limit the number of cells to two. Experience has proven that multiple cells well aligned with a relatively straight channel, will operate satisfactory. However, a bend in the immediate upstream channel may cause the inside cell to collect debris during normal periods of runoff and thereby substantially reduce the capacity of the culvert. 1105.2.5 Paved Depressed Approach Apron

Culverts may require a paved depressed approach apron. Do not provide a paved depressed approach apron for the following:

• The culvert is a replacement structure. • The culvert is 30" in diameter or rise, or

less. • The culvert is not covered under a

Nationwide Permit Number 14. • Natural channel bottom structure (3-sided

precast structure). • The culvert inverts are depressed.

This BMP will improve the operation of the culvert by depressing the flowline at the entrance below the channel flowline. The drop-down will alleviate a minimum cover condition, provide for additional headwater depth, and decrease the culvert outlet velocity by reducing the culvert slope.

Page 108: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-16 January 2006

The abrupt change in natural channel slope is effected with a short length of concrete paving. The dimensions of the slab are site specific. However, for ease of construction, a 2:1 downslope (4:1 preferred) should be used as the maximum descending slope. A 3 foot length of paving should be provided along the natural channel slope prior to the drop-down. A cut-off wall must be provided at the upstream end. Drop-down entrances should generally be limited to 4 feet, or one pipe diameter or rise, whichever is greater. The Federal Highway Administration has conducted extensive research and studies of paved depressed approach aprons, and recommended design procedures are included in Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 5, "Hydraulic Design of Highway Culverts." 1105.2.6 Improved Inlets

Culverts may require an improved inlet. Do not provide an improved inlet for the following:

• The culvert is a replacement structure. • The culvert does not convey a water of

the United States. • The culvert conveys an ephemeral

stream. • The culvert is 30" in diameter or rise, or

less. • The culvert is not covered under a

Nationwide Permit Number 14. • Natural channel bottom structure (3-sided

precast structure)

• The culvert inverts are depressed. • Paved drop-down culvert entrance

This BMP will improve the operation of the culvert by depressing the flowline at the entrance below the channel flowline. The drop-down will alleviate a minimum cover condition, provide for additional headwater depth, and decrease the culvert outlet velocity by reducing the culvert slope. Two general types of inlets should be considered in the following order: Culverts on relatively steep slopes and controlled by inlet control can see a reduction in the culvert size by furnishing an improved inlet. The

improved inlet will control the headwater by the entrance configuration for a given barrel size. A. Side-taper, which is a tapered end section

from a round to an oval shape for a pipe, or a square to a rectangular shape for a prefabricated box. The length of the taper section is usually made 1.5 times the diameter or rise of the culvert.

B. Slope-taper, which is a combination of side-

taper preceded by a drop in the culvert flow line. The drop can be similar to a paved drop-down entrance or a more sophisticated reinforced concrete drop provided by a formed cast-in-place section with vertical sides.

The improved inlet has the advantage of admitting more flow and thereby tending to fill the culvert barrel and reduce the culvert outlet velocity. The savings in culvert cost must justify the additional cost of the improved inlet. The Federal Highway Administration has conducted extensive research and studies of improved inlets, and recommended design procedures are included in Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 13, "Hydraulic Design of Improved Inlets for Culverts." 1005.2.7 Energy Control Structures

All culverts are required to have an energy control structure. An energy control structure reduces the amount of erosive energy generated by a culvert. Use the following for an energy control structure:

• Broken-Back Culvert • Rock Channel Protection • Energy dissipater (Riprap Basin) • Drop Structure

An energy dissipater is required when the outlet velocity exceeds the values shown in Figure 1107-1. Energy dissipaters create a forced hydraulic jump within the structure or immediately downstream of the structure, thus reducing the flow velocity. FHWA Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 14 provides design guidance and procedures for various energy dissipaters. The preferred energy dissipater is the riprap basin. Contact Central Office Hydraulics prior to using an energy dissipater.

Page 109: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-17

1105.3 Types of Culvert Flow

Laboratory tests sponsored by the FHWA have established two general types of culvert flow: (1) flow with inlet control, or (2) flow with outlet control. Nomographs have been prepared for use in the determination of culvert headwater for the appropriate control. Under inlet control, the headwater “HWI” is directly related to the cross-sectional area of the culvert barrel and the inlet geometry. Under outlet control, the headwater “HWO” is further influenced by tailwater depth in the outlet channel and the slope, length and roughness of the culvert barrel. As shown in Figure 1105-1, culverts operate with a free water surface if the headwater is equal to or less than 1.2D, and with a submerged entrance if the headwater is greater than 1.2D, where D is the diameter or rise of the pipe. 1105.4 Design Procedure

1105.4.1 General

The design of a culvert involves a determination of the appropriate design and check discharges. The process begins with a delineation of the drainage area, in acres [hectares], on a suitable topographic map. The design discharge “Q” for most culvert drainage areas will be obtained by procedures described in USGS Reports 89-4126 and 93-135, applying the limitations covered in Section 1003.1.2 of this manual. The Rational method should be used to obtain the discharge from small and other unusual drainage areas as noted in Section 1101.2.2 A representative cross-section of the embankment at the proposed culvert site, along with a profile of the natural stream or ground line, will be required to determine the approximate length and slope of the culvert. 1105.4.2 Hydraulic Analysis

The hydraulic analysis of a culvert, including a determination of the headwater depth and outlet velocity for the design discharge, is simplified by the use of Pipe Flow Charts and the headwater and head nomographs noted in Section 1105.4. The charts are included with the Drainage Design Aids, beginning with Figure 1100-200.

To preclude the need for a determination of the probable type of flow under which a culvert will operate for a given set of conditions, the headwater depths may be computed using the nomographs for both inlet and outlet control. The size of pipe is then selected by using the control giving the higher headwater limitation. The relationship of the headwater to the diameter or height of the culvert “HW/D” is read directly from the inlet control nomograph and the HWI equals that value multiplied by D. HWO is computed by the equation HWO=H+ho - SoL. The loss of head “H” is read from the flowing-full nomograph and the tailwater depth “ho”, is the greater of either the normal depth of flow in the outlet channel or the depth as flow passes through the outlet of the pipe, calculated as (dc+D)/2. D is the diameter or rise of the culvert and dc is the critical depth of flow which may be read from the critical depth curve shown on each Pipe Flow Chart. The above procedure is reasonably accurate for the majority of culvert flow conditions. For culverts operating with outlet control (see Figure 1105-1, Class 1-A and 1-B), where the calculated headwater (using the appropriate nomograph) is less than 0.75D, a backwater analysis can be justified and is recommended. A culvert analysis sheet similar to that provided in the Appendix shall be used to tabulate all the pertinent factors required to determine the controlling headwater for each culvert type being considered for a given location. The analysis sheet includes other information valuable to the reviewer and it is to be included with other supporting data for required review submissions. Hydraulic analysis of culverts may also be performed utilizing the Federal Highway Administration Hydraulic Design Series No. 5, Hydraulic Design of Highway Culverts. Computer programs such as FHWA HY-8 or ODOT’s CDSS software package may be used. CDSS may be downloaded from the Hydraulics website. For replacement projects, an analysis of the existing structure shall be performed. If appropriate (usually depending upon whether the structure is operating with a free water surface at its entrance), it is preferable that the same analysis method be used to compare the existing and proposed structures. For bridge replacements, acceptable methods of hydraulic analyses are listed numerically in preferred order as follows (the limitations of the method used shall be investigated prior to selecting it for use):

Page 110: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-18 January 2006

1. Computer Program HEC-2 (HEC-RAS) 2. Computer Program HY-7 (WSPRO) 3. Hydraulic Design Series No. 1, "Hydraulics of

Bridge Waterways", Federal Highway Administration, and computer program HY-4.

1105.5 Use of Nomographs

1105.5.1 Outlet Control

To determine the loss of head “H” for a given concrete pipe culvert with a grove-end entrance and discharge “Q”, proceed as follows: By straight line, connect culvert size with ke=0.2 (length scale) and obtain a point on the turning line. Connect the turning line point with the computed discharge “Q” and read the head loss “H”. Follow the same procedure for a corrugated metal pipe except using ke=0.9 (length scale). The ke value for additional shapes can be found in the Federal Highway Administration publication referenced in Section 1105.3.1. Should the roughness coefficient “n” of the proposed pipe differ from that shown on the chart, adjust the measured culvert length by the length factor given on Design Aid Figure 1100-247. For an example, see Drainage Design Aid Figure 1100-247. The Federal Highway Administration publication referenced in Section 1105.3.1 offers nomographs for culvert shapes not available in the Drainage Design Aids. Their use is recommended for special culvert shapes. 1105.5.2 Inlet Control

To determine the headwater “HW” for a given discharge “Q”, size and type of culvert, proceed as follows using appropriate Figures 1100-245, 1100-246 (Drainage Design Aids). Use Figure 1100-245 for a round corrugated metal pipe culvert and Figure 1100-246 for a round smooth-lined pipe culvert. By a straight line, connect the culvert size with the discharge “Q”, extend a diagonal line to Scale (1) and thence by horizontal line to Scale (3). Based on a groove-end entrance and a Standard HW-2.1 headwall recommended for concrete pipe culverts, the HW/D relationship is obtained by an average of the (2) and (3) Scale values. Follow the same procedure for a corrugated metal pipe with a Standard HW-2.2 headwall, where HW/D is the average values read from Scales (1) and (3).

Use Scale (2) for the HW/D relationship for concrete box culverts. 1105.6 Design Criteria

1105.6.1 Design Frequency

The design frequency shall be as stated in Section 1004.2 It should be noted that a Flood Hazard Evaluation using a check discharge based on the 100-year flood frequency shall be made for all culverts as noted in Section 1005.2.1. 1105.6.2 Maximum Allowable Headwater

See Section 1006. 1105.6.3 Method Used to Estimate Storm Discharge

See Sections 1003 and 1101. 1105.6.4 Scale of Topographic Mapping Used to Delineate Contributing Drainage Areas

See Section 1101.1 1105.6.5 Manning’s Roughness Coefficient “n”

The “n” values for corrugated metal pipe are given in Figure 1105-2. The “n” value for all smooth flow pipe is 0.012. Use a weighted manning’s n for bankfull designed culverts or analyzing older culverts with sediment deposition. 1105.6.6 Entrance Loss Coefficient “ke”

See Table 1105-1 or Appendix D of Federal Highway Hydraulic Design Series No. 5, "Hydraulic Design of Roadway Culverts. 1105.6.7 Minimum Cover

See Section 1008 1105.6.8 Maximum Cover

See Section 1008 1105.6.9 Maximum Allowable Outlet Velocity

See Figure 1107-1

Page 111: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-19

Table 1105-1 Type A Conduit

Entrance Loss Coefficient ke Type of Pipe Headwall Type Full One-Half None Concrete or Vitrified (thick wall) *

0.2 0.2 0.2

Corrugated Metal (thin wall)

0.25** 0.9 0.9

* groove end entrance ** with beveled entrance

1105.6.10 Headwall Type

See Section 1106.2 1105.6.11 Contacts With County Engineer

Contact shall be made with the County Engineer at the beginning of the design process to ascertain ditch cleanout grades and watersheds, and the design shall be based on that information. Form LD-33 (available in the Appendix) shall be used to document approval. 1105.6.12 Minimum Pipe Size

As specified in Section 1002.3.1 1105.7 Special Considerations

The following are special conditions that will be encountered in the hydraulic design of culverts that warrant clarification. 1105.7.1 Tailwater

Tailwater at a culvert outlet can greatly affect the size of culvert required at a specific site. For this reason a proper evaluation shall be made of the outlet channel so that a reasonable estimate of the tailwater can be calculated. A determination of the normal depth of flow in the outlet channel, when the culvert is discharging the design flow, normally establishes the culvert tailwater. A close examination of the downstream channel may however, reveal a temporary or permanent obstruction that will control the operation of the culvert. In some cases, the culvert will outlet near a river or other fluctuating water surface stream that could control its operation. Where that drainage area of the culvert is very much less than the receiving watercourse (i.e. 2 orders of magnitude) the effect of the receiving watercourse generally may be disregarded.

Where the drainage areas of the culvert and receiving watercourse are nearly equal, concurrent flood peaks may be assumed. Where there is a significant, but not excessive, difference in the drainage area of the culvert and receiving stream, the following design procedure should be used and the culvert sized using the combination that results in the highest headwater. A. Compute the culvert headwater using the

proper design frequency for the culvert and a lesser frequency for the receiving stream water surface elevation (i.e. culvert tailwater elevation) depending upon the difference in drainage areas; say a 25-year culvert and a 10-year stream.

B. Use 10-year frequency for the culvert and 25-

year for the stream. In some locations, a high tailwater will control the operation of a culvert to such an extent that a substantial increase in pipe size will be required for a negligible decrease in the headwater elevation. For this case, the culvert size should be based on a practical tailwater elevation (e.g. [dc+D]/2). 1106 End Treatments

1106.1 General

Headwalls, or other approved end finishes, shall be provided at the open ends of all Type A, B and C conduits. Headwalls should also be provided for Type D conduits greater than 24 inches in diameter or rise. Generally, headwalls are not recommended for Type E and F conduits. In order to reduce the entrance loss in culverts, the bell end should be located upstream and the spigot end should be located downstream. Details shown in the plan should convey this to the Contractor when necessary. Figures 1106-2 and 1106-3 show typical end details for a concrete box culvert. 1106.1.1 Usage

The selection of the headwall type is based on safety and economics. Standard HW-2.1 and 2.2 half-height headwalls are recommended for round, elliptical, or pipe arch culverts where a clear zone is provided. Full height headwalls should be provided where a significant reduction

Page 112: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-20 January 2006

in culvert length can be realized with large-span culverts (10 feet or greater) with foreslopes flatter than 2:1 or where right-of-way limits the culvert length. Full-height headwalls shall be provided for prefabricated box culverts and three-sided structures. The use of special end treatments may be required by Section 602.6 of Volume 1, Roadway Design. Details are available from the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering. Justification for the use of this type of end treatment shall accompany the request for details. Miter-cut (step-bevel) end sections, when required, shall be shown on the Culvert Detail Sheet. When half-height headwalls are provided, they should be built perpendicular to the end of the conduit to eliminate the need for a skew cut. In addition to the required headwall, the upper, or exposed, half of conduits having a diameter or rise greater than or equal to 126 inches shall be miter-cut (step-bevel) to fit the embankment slope. 1106.1.2 End Treatment Grading

The prevailing embankment slope shall be projected to the back edge of the top of the headwall to establish the required culvert length as shown in Figure 1106-1. When the roadway foreslopes are flatter than 2:1, a 2:1 slope shall be provided from the back edge of the top of the headwall to a minimum of 1 foot , with 2 feet preferred, above the top of the culvert. The change in embankment slope shall be warped on each side of the conduit to fit the prevailing slope. In no case shall the distance from the pavement edge to the point where the embankment slope changes to 2:1 be less than the design clear zone width (see Section 601, Volume 1, Roadway Design) unless guardrail is provided. Clear zone grading should only be provided at culverts when the requirements of Section 307.21 of Volume 1, Roadway Design are met. The prevailing embankment slope shall be warped on either side of a skewed culvert to assure equivalent soil loading and proper side support of the pipe. This is especially true for flexible pipes with large skews and/or large diameters.

1106.2 Headwall Types

1106.2.1 Half-Height Headwalls

If the size of the conduit exceeds that shown in the Standard Construction Drawing HW-2.1 and HW-2.2 tables, the dimensions shown in the tables may be expanded to accommodate the larger size conduits. Payment for half-height headwalls shall be on a cubic yard basis for Item 602, Concrete Masonry. Masonry quantities for standard half-height headwalls may be obtained from the appropriate standard construction drawing. The quantity of concrete masonry provided in the plans shall be based on the pipe alternate requiring the largest quantity of concrete masonry. 1106.2.2 Full-Height Headwalls

The appropriate full-height headwall for round pipes shown on Standard Construction Drawing HW-1.1 may be considered at the entrance end, when the savings in the reduced size and length of the conduit will offset the additional cost of the headwall. This will most likely apply where corrugated steel pipe is specified, due to cover or size requirements, and the bevel provided for the full-height headwall will substantially reduce the entrance loss. Dimensions of full-height headwalls may be expanded to accommodate pipe sizes larger than 84 inches. The design of full-height headwalls for box and 3-sided culverts shall be as per Section 300 of the Bridge Design Manual and the latest “AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges.” Payment for non-standard full-height headwalls shall be on a cubic yard basis for Item 511, Class C Concrete. The Class C Concrete shall be further subdivided into individual pay items for Class C Concrete for Footing, Class C Concrete for Wingwall. Appropriate plan notes from Section 6 of the Bridge Design Manual shall be included in the project plans. An investigation of the supporting foundation material shall be conducted and the bearing capacity of the foundation material estimated. The level of detail required for the foundation investigation shall be commensurate with the importance of the structure. Such information shall be submitted for all proposed full-height headwall installations and submitted prior to the Stage 3 review.

Page 113: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-21

The inlet wingwall footings of full-height headwalls shall be armored with Type B rock channel protection, with filter, to preclude scour. 1106.3 Concrete Apron

A 5 foot length of 6 inch reinforced concrete riprap, as shown on Standard Construction Drawings HW-2.1 and HW-2.2, shall be specified beyond the outlet headwall, when the depth of the rock channel protection (if necessary), including the 6 inch granular filter, exceeds the depth of the headwall. Concrete riprap shall be provided at the inlet end of the culvert where the existing has been undercut. Concrete riprap shall be in accordance with Section 1105.6.3. Concrete riprap is not necessary at the inlet of culverts with full height headwalls that have a footing toe extending 3.5 feet or more below proposed channel grade. 1107 Rock Channel Protection

1107.1 General

Rock channel protection is used to control erosion at the outlet of culverts and storm sewers, or for lining ditches on steep grades. It is used as a scour countermeasure at the inlet wingwalls of full-height headwalls and along the footings of 3-sided structures. 1107.2 Types

There are four types of rock channel protection (RCP) that are used in various situations. The use of the proper type at culvert and storm sewer outlets can be determined from Figure 1107-1. Type A is generally used beyond the outlet of the larger conduits having outlet velocities in excess of 12 feet per second and Type B and C for conduits having an aggregate filter where the protected slope is steeper than 3:1. A filter should always be specified to prevent soil piping through the rock. A fabric filter is preferred in most cases. An aggregate filter should be used when the RCP is under water. The cost of the filter is included in the unit bid price for Item 601 Rock Channel Protection with Filter. 1108 Agricultural Drainage

1108.1 Farm Drain Crossings

Where it is necessary to continue an existing farm drain crossing under the highway, the pipe shall

be Type B Conduit, one commercial size larger than the existing farm drain within the right-of-way limits. Occasionally, it will be desirable to provide a farm drain crossing under a highway on new location to satisfy the future need for adequate farm drainage. It is recognized that the required length of a Type B Conduit will provide a betterment for the property owner, but it does preclude the need for a much more expensive crossing after the highway is built. Such a crossing is considered a “blind” and the cost of the installation, including suitable terminal markings at the right-of-way lines, will generally not be eligible for federal participation. 1108.2 Farm Drain Outlets

Existing farm drains that outlet through the backslope of the roadway ditch shall terminate with a minimum length of 10 feet of equivalent size Type F conduit. When outletting existing plastic farm drains, one size larger Type F conduit shall be used. An Animal Guard and Erosion Control Pad as shown on Standard Construction Drawing DM-1.1 shall be provided. To provide for possible sedimentation, the invert of the Type F conduit shall be a minimum of 6 inches, with 12 inches being desirable, above the ditch flow line. 1109 Longitudinal Sewer Location

1109.1 Under Pavement

Longitudinal sewers will not be permitted under the pavement of a limited or controlled access facility. Also, the length of transverse sewers under pavements shall be held to a minimum, with no manholes allowed in the pavement. For other facilities, storm sewers should be located outside the limits of the pavement. However, in locations where this would create conflicts with existing utilities (e.g. waterlines, sanitary sewers, gas lines, etc.) the storm sewer may be located under the pavement. Care should be taken to avoid placing manholes in vehicle wheel-paths or within an intersection. The center of the curb lane is the preferred manhole location. Where an out-to-out clearance of 5 feet cannot be provided between parallel storm and sanitary

Page 114: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-22 January 2006

sewers, premium joints shall be provided on the storm sewer. 1109.2 Under Paved Shoulder

The above shall also apply to paved shoulder areas, unless it is determined that the cost of any other possible location is prohibitive. 1109.3 Approval

Exceptions to the above shall be submitted in the early stages of the design to the Hydraulic Section, Office of Structural Engineering for review and approval. 1110 Reinforced Concrete Radius Pipe and Box Sections

1110.1 General

To comply with the capabilities of manufacturers to provide satisfactory and economical radius pipe or box sections, a minimum radius of 100 feet shall be specified. The method of manufacturing the radius pipe or box sections will be an option of the producer, subject to inspection and approval by the Ohio Department of Transportation, Office of Materials Management. As an alternate to radius pipe, pipe specials may be specified to negotiate the specified radius, provided they do not reduce the hydraulic performance established by the initial design. The bends shall be located so that they shall closely follow the alignment of the radius pipe. 1111 Sanitary Sewers

1111.1 General

Any sanitary sewer, whether new or relocated, shall be constructed using resilient and flexible gasket joints, in accordance with Construction and Material Specification 706.11 for circular concrete pipe or 706.12 for clay pipe. Permissible thermoplastic pipes shall also be specified. Permits to discharge treated sanitary flow from abutting property into highway drainage systems shall be in accordance with Directive No. 22-A.

1111.2 Manholes

All new manholes for sanitary sewer lines shall be built in accordance with the Standard Construction Drawings. Precast manholes shall have joints in accordance with 706.11 of the Construction and Material Specifications. 1112 Notice of Intent (NOI)

1112.1 General

A NOI will be submitted by ODOT for all plans, which include Project Earth Disturbing Activities. Maintenance Projects, as defined by Section 1112.2, do not require a NOI. The Total Earth Disturbing Activity acreage should be estimated, which includes the Project Earth Disturbing Activity acreage (area within the work limits) and the Contractor Earth Disturbing Activity acreage such as: field offices, batch plants, and borrow/waste pits. The location and size of the Contractor Activities can be estimated using the NOI Acreage Calculation Form (Figure 1112-1). The calculated acreage’s shall be used for the Project Site Plan as required by Location and Design, Volume 3, section 1308. 1112.2 Maintenance Project

A Maintenance Project is one in which all of the Project Earth Disturbing Activities are routine operations that do not change the line, grade, or the hydraulic capacity of the facility and are limited to Earth Disturbance acreage less than 5 acres. Permanent erosion control items shall be included in the plans if required. Contact the Hydraulics Office for an approved list of activities. Post construction storm water best management practices are not required for maintenance projects that do not increase the impervious drainage area. 1113 Erosion Control at Bridge Ends

1113.1 General

For the purpose of reducing problems of erosion in the vicinity of bridge ends, details as shown on Standard Construction Drawing DM-4.1 shall be followed. At locations where the design flow

Page 115: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-23

exceeds 0.75 cubic feet per second, catch basins should generally be provided. 1113.2 Corner Cone

Item 670 Slope Erosion Protection shall be placed on all bridge approach embankment corner cones, beginning at the edge of the crushed aggregate or concrete slope protection. 1114 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)

1114.1 General

A Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) is required for all projects that disturb more than one (total) acre. The plan should be developed as per Supplemental Specifications 832 and 833. The Contractor shall develop this plan after the contract is awarded and prior to any construction activity. The plan will be kept on-site for review at any time during construction. 1114.2 Objectives

The objective of the (SWPPP) is to reduce the impacts of construction runoff to the watershed. This is achieved by using perimeter and internal project controls to intercept sediment laden flows (temporary sediment and erosion controls). Point discharges leaving the site should be filtered through as many filtering controls as practicable. 1114.3 General Guidance

Temporary sediment and erosion control Items are specified in accordance with Supplemental Specification 832. Details are available in Standard Construction Drawings DM-4.2, DM-4.3 and DM-4.4. The size of the entire drainage area contributing flow to a roadside ditch and the ratio of disturbed to undisturbed area are used to determine the desired erosion control methods. In many cases, the major portion of the contributing area will be beyond the project right-of-way limits. For these cases it will be necessary to divert the off-project flow before it reaches the area disturbed by project construction. Flow from the area disturbed by construction shall be treated prior to combining it with off-project drainage.

For specific information on individual erosion control items, the Contractor should consult Supplemental Specification 832. General guidance for project usage is as follows: A. Ditch checks should be spaced so that no

check is within the backwater of a downstream check. A ditch check should be provided at a maximum spacing of 500 feet in addition to significant changes in ditch grade.

B. Where greater than two-thirds of the

contributing drainage area is disturbed by construction, sediment basins are more effective and should generally be specified. Where less than two-thirds of the total contributing drainage area is disturbed by construction, a temporary ditch, dike and/or slope drain should be provided to divert flow from undisturbed areas away from the new ditch to reduce sediment basin size, or necessitate ditch checks only for the remainder of the flow. If more appropriate for the specific site (e.g. fill areas in lieu of cut areas) the roadway or toe of slope ditch should be stabilized immediately upon construction and a bale dike or perimeter filter fabric fence should be place at the bottom of the disturbed slope as per Standard Construction Drawings DM-4.3 and DM-4.4. Sediment dams may be used to prevent ditch erosion until the permanent stabilization has been established. The specific size and location of these controls shall be shown on the plans.

C. Sediment dams or a series of sediment

basins may be specified. It is desirable to locate temporary controls within the permanent right-of-way. Dams and basins shall be designed in accordance with Standard Construction Drawings DM-4.3 and DM-4.4. For areas where less than one-half of the contributing drainage area is disturbed by construction, a temporary ditch, dike and/or slope drains or ditch stabilization and bale dikes should be provided. For areas where less than one-third of the contributing drainage area is disturbed by construction a temporary ditch, dike and/or slope drains or ditch stabilization and bale dikes should be provided. The specific size and location of these controls shall be shown on the plans. Sediment basins, ditch checks, etc. should be clearly shown in the roadway ditch prior to the receiving or crossing watercourse. These items should not be shown within the receiving or crossing watercourse.

Page 116: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-24 January 2006

D. When the contributing drainage area is

excessive, the off-project drainage shall be diverted, or the following method shall be specified. The channel carrying the flow shall be stabilized immediately by a permanent or temporary lining and perimeter filter fabric fence shall be placed between the disturbed project area and the stabilized ditch. Sediment dams should be provided to prevent channel erosion until permanent channel stabilization has been established.

E. Where project drainage is not intercepted by

a project ditch, perimeter filter fabric fence shall be placed at the construction limits. The specific size and location of these controls shall be shown on the plans. The fence shall be placed just beyond the toe of slope of all sheet flow areas adjacent to live streams or other environmentally sensitive areas identified in the environmental documents regardless of the amount of grading involved.

F. Filter fabric fence (Inlet Protection) should be

placed around all catch basins and manholes (existing and proposed).

G. Perimeter Filter Fabric Fence or sediment basins shall be used to isolate the project from any adjacent live streams.

H. For highly erodible soil areas identified in the

environmental documents, any area cleared shall be brought to grade immediately and permanent erosion control measures called for on the plans shall be applied.

1114.3.1 Required Size of Sediment Basins

Sediment basins or dams shall provide a storage volume of 67 cubic yards per acre of total contributing drainage area (disturbed and non-disturbed), which is 0.5 inches of runoff or approximately a two-year frequency. The volume should be increased where discharge from the basin empties onto an environmentally sensitive area as identified in the environmental documents. Should the failure of a sediment dam pose a significant danger to downstream property, the spillway should be checked to assure safe passage of a 50-year frequency storm. In many cases, larger drainage areas will produce very large sediment basin requirements. Consideration should be given to divert flow prior to reaching the construction site in these cases.

1115 Post Construction Storm Water Structural Best Management Practices

1115.1 General

Post Construction Storm Water Structural Best Management Practices (BMP) are required for all projects within ODOT right-of-way that have ODOT maintenance responsibility and disturb 1 acre or more. Maintenance projects as outlined in section 1112.2 do not require BMP. A BMP is not required if there is no increase to the impervious area. Only provide a BMP in drainage areas that have an increase in impervious area. If discharging into a roadway ditch that conveys a captured stream, separate the drainage by using curbing. Treat impervious drainage area with a BMP. All BMP are located within ODOT right-of-way where ODOT has maintenance responsibility. Ensure all BMP are protected and located in accordance with Location and Design, Volume 1. All Type A culverts will have stream protection per section 1105 roadway culverts. 1115.2 Land Disturbance Limits

For projects with less than 1 acre of disturbance, post construction storm water management BMP are recommended. A BMP is not required when the drainage area is less than or equal to 0.25 acres when in a sump or at an intersection per figure 1116-1. The following BMP are provided to be used on all projects that have land disturbance more than 1 acre but less than 5 acres:

• Maximize typical roadway design that utilizes vegetated side slopes and ditches.

• Exfiltration trench • Manufactured systems

The following BMP are provided to be used on all projects that have land disturbance of 5 acres or more:

• Exfiltration trench • Manufactured systems

Page 117: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-25

• Vegetated Biofilter • Extended detention • Retention Basin • Bioretention Cell • Infiltration Trench • Infiltration Basin • Constructed Wetlands

1116 Water Quality Volume

1116.1 Water Quality Volume Calculation

The following equation shall be used to calculate the water quality volume:

WQv=(P*A*Cq)/12 Where,

WQv = Water Quality Volume (Ac-ft) P = Precipitation (0.75 inches) A = Contributing Drainage Area to an outfall (acres) Cq = 0.858i3-0.78i2+0.774i+0.04 (see figure 1116-2)

i=impervious area divided by the total area

Cq = 0.9 when all drainage area is impervious.

1116.2 WQv Weighted Average

A contributing drainage area to an outfall that has both existing and new impervious areas requires a weighted average calculation to determine the percent of treatment required. Existing impervious area requires treatment of 20% of the WQv. New impervious area requires treatment of 100% of the WQv. This percent is multiplied by the calculated WQv to determine the volume of treatment. Use the following equation to determine the percent of treatment: Treatment = [(Aix * 20)+(Ain * 100)] / (Aix+Ain)

Where,

Treatment= Treatment percent (%)

Aix= Existing impervious area (acres)

Ain= New impervious area (acres)

1116.3 Structural BMP Using the WQv

The water quality volume (WQv) is the treatment volume required for post construction BMP. Use the WQv for the following BMP:

• Exfiltration Trench • Vegetated Biofilter • Extended Detention • Retention Basin • Bioretention Cell • Infiltration Trench • Infiltration Basin • Constructed Wetlands

1117 Water Quality Flow

1117.1 Water Quality Flow Calculation

The water quality flow (WQf) is the discharge that is produced by using an intensity of 0.65 in/hr in the rational equation (section 1101.2.2). Use the entire contributing drainage for the WQf calculation. Once an area has been treated, remove this area from the next downstream WQf calculation. 1117.2 Structural BMP Using the WQf

Use the WQf for the following BMP:

• Manufactured System 1118 BMP Toolbox

1118.1 Exfiltration Trench

An exfiltration trench (ExT) captures roadway drainage at the outside edge of shoulder through the use of a permeable concrete pavement. The permeable concrete pavement is placed parallel to the roadway within a concrete structure. The ExT is placed 15 feet prior to any drainage inlet or pavement catch basin (see figure 1118-1). The ExT width is 8 inches wide and the length is determined by the following equation:

Lt = (A*Cq)/689

Where,

Lt= Required Impervious Length of Trench (ft) Use a minimum length of 4 feet Length is in increments of 4 feet

Page 118: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-26 January 2006

A= Total Contributing Area (square feet) as determined by the Strip Method per section 1103.3.

Cq= 0.858i3-0.78i2+0.774i+0.04 (see figure 1116-2)

i=impervious area divided by the total area

Storm water is filtered through the permeable layer of concrete pavement into a layer of sand and aggregate until it reaches the subgrade drainage system. The ExT is discharged through the pavement underdrains. The following criteria apply when designing an ExT:

• Payment for the ExT shall be: Item 835 - Exfiltration Trench, Type ___ – L.F.

o Use a Type A for curb and gutter,

Type 2. o Use a Type B for barrier and non-

6 inch curb. o Use a Type C for 6 inch curb

without gutter.

• Do not use the ExT in tapers, parking areas, on a radius, or within a driveway.

• Do not use the ExT on the high side of a

super elevated roadway.

• Do not use the ExT with shoulder widths less than 2 feet.

1118.2 Manufactured Systems

Manufactured systems consist of underground structures that treat the WQf by removing particulate matter through settlement. Supplemental Specification 895 covers the material and performance criteria for these devices. They are placed in an off-line configuration with manholes to allow for routine maintenance procedures (see figure 1118-2). Provide a No. 3 Manhole, With ___” Base ID and ___” Weir at this location. Furnish two lengths of 603, Type B Conduit placed perpendicular to the inflowing trunk sewer (see reserved area table for the total length required). Use the following table when placing a Manufactured System:

Reserve an area (as measured from the centerline of the No. 3 Manhole) according to the following table:

Center the length of the area at the No. 3 Manhole. If this area is not attainable contact Central Office Hydraulics for further guidance. Ensure this area is void of all utilities and is accessible for routine cleanout and maintenance. 1118.3 Vegetated Biofilter

A Vegetated Biofilter (VBF) is a BMP treatment train that filters storm water through vegetation. The treatment train consists of the vegetated portion of the graded shoulder, vegetated slope, vegetated ditch, and an energy protection area. When widening existing ditches, consider the following before purchasing new right-of-way:

• Reducing the foreslope of the ditch.

• Reducing the backslope of the ditch.

• Reducing the bench width to a minimum of 4 feet.

1118.3.1 Vegetated Ditch Design Process

Use the following to design a Vegetated Ditch: A. Design the ditch per section 1102.

Manufactured Systems

Type WQf (cfs)

No. 3 Manhole Base ID (inches)

603-Type B Conduit Diameter (inches)

1 1 84 12 2 2 90 15 3 3 96 18 4 6 108 24

Reserved Area for Manufactured System

Type Width (feet)

Length (feet)

603-Type B Total

Conduit Length (feet)

Weir Height

(inches)

1 15 30 20 6 2 20 32 30 8 3 25 33 40 9 4 25 37 40 12

Page 119: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-27

B. Calculate the ditch volume capacity using a depth of 6 inches, 0% slope, and the total length of the ditch.

C. Calculate the WQv at the most downstream

location using the contributing pavement area only. Apply the WQv weighted average if required per 1116.2.

D. Multiply the WQv by 2. E. Compare the calculated WQv with the ditch

volume capacity. If the WQv exceeds the ditch volume capacity by more than 10%, increase the ditch width to accommodate the WQv within the limits of pavement widening. Use a maximum width of 15 feet.

The WQv will produce a smaller ditch width as it progresses in the upstream direction. Decrease the ditch width by one foot increments until the WQv ditch width equals the designed width per section 1102 (see figure 1118-4). 1118.3.2 Energy Protection Area

An energy protection area provides energy reduction to roadside ditch flow prior to discharging into a water body. It is a constructed trapezoidal channel that has a 15 foot wide bottom with a layer of rock channel protection. Use the following criteria when providing an energy protection area: A. Provide 50 feet length (see figure 1118-5). B. Provide a 12 inch thick layer of Item 601

RCP, Type D with filter or as required per section 1102 (if larger RCP is necessary).

C. Do not place an energy protection area within

the median. Locate all energy protection areas in the outside roadway ditch.

D. Use energy protection areas on the upstream

location of culverts only. E. Provide energy protection areas as existing

right-of-way permits for redevelopment projects. If any amount of right-of-way is purchased, an energy protection area is required.

1118.4 Extended Detention

Extended detention is a method that captures storm water during rain events and slowly releases the captured volume over a period of

time. The WQv is used to determine the storage volume of the detention basin. The WQv is discharged over a 48 hour time frame. Increase the WQv by 20% when sizing the BMP to allow for sedimentation to occur. Detention can be either above or below ground. Detention basins that are above ground are the preferred choice and should be used when feasible. However, when project site parameters dictate, an underground system may be the optimum choice. 1118.4.1 Detention Basin

A detention basin is a dry pond that detains storm water for quality and quantity. The following criteria apply when designing a detention basin: A. Allow for 1 foot of freeboard above the

storage volume. B. Furnish a micropool when feasible (see figure

1118-5)

C. Use side slopes of 4:1 (max).

D. Ensure the design check discharge will safely pass through the structure (section 1118.4.3).

E. Vegetate the sides of the basin with Item 670

Slope Erosion Protection. F. Furnish a 6 inch layer of Item 601 Detention

Basin Aggregate on the bottom of the basin. G. Embankment work to create the

impoundment will be constructed and paid for as Item 203 Embankment, Using Natural Soils, 703.16.A.

H. Consider vehicle access to the basin for

periodic maintenance. I. Do not locate on uncompacted fill or steep

slopes (2:1 or more) or where infiltrating ground water could adversely impact slope stability.

J. Furnish an anti-seep collar around the outlet

pipe. K. Furnish gravel pack protection at the outlet

structure (see SCD WQ1.1). L. Place channel protection (RCP or Concrete

Mat) at the entrance of the basin to minimize erosion and sediment resuspension.

M. Furnish a forebay that is approximately 7% of

the total design volume.

Page 120: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-28 January 2006

N. Furnish a Water Quality Basin, Detention per

section 1118.4.1.1

1118.4.1.1 Water Quality Basin and Weir Furnish an outlet structure that fully drains the WQv within 48 hours or more. The outlet requires a flow control structure such as a perforated riser pipe to restrict the drainage discharge. Details of a perforated riser pipe outlet structure can be found on standard drawing WQ1.1. Furnish a perforated riser pipe for detention basins. The outlet structure consists of a catch basin with a perforated riser pipe on the inlet side and a conduit on the outlet side. The perforated riser pipe is used for flow control to achieve the required discharge time. A gravel envelope surrounds the perforated riser pipe along the inlet side of the catch basin to prevent blockage of the orifice holes in the pipe. The catch basin and riser pipe are paid for as Item 604, Water Quality Basin, Detention. Furnish a weir to allow the design check discharge to bypass the structure without damage to the detention basin or embankment of the basin. The design check discharge shall be determined per 1118.4.3. The equation for a single orifice is:

Where, A = Area of orifice (ft2)

H = Head on orifice as measured to the centerline of the orifice (ft)

C = Orifice coefficient

Orifice Coefficient Guideance C Description

0.66 Use for thin materials where the thickness is equal to or less than the orifice diameter.

0.80 Use when the material is thicker than the orifice diameter.

From CALTRANS, Storm Water Quality Handbooks, Project Planning and Design Guide, September 2002. A hydrograph curve for the outlet will be required to calculate the discharge time of the WQv and the design check discharge (see 1118.4.3). The discharge time should correspond to the minimum of 48 hours.

Generally, it is easier to model the outlet structure and discharge time using software such as Pond Pak or HydroCad to develop the hydrograph.

1118.4.1.2 Anti-Seep Collar Design An anti-seep collar shall be installed on conduits through earth fills where water is being detained. The following criteria applies to anti-seep collars:

A. Spacing between adjacent collars shall be 5 feet with the first collar being a minimum of 5 feet from the inlet.

B. Furnish a minimum of 2 collars per outlet

conduit. C. All anti-seep collars and their connections

shall be watertight.

D. Minimum thickness shall be 6 inches.

E. Payment for the collar shall be Item 602 Concrete Masonry (see standard construction drawing WQ-1.2).

To determine the dimensions of the collar refer to the following:

Anti-Seep Collar Size

Maximum Water Depth

Colar Size (ftxft)

2 3x3 4 4x4 6 5x5

1118.4.2 Underground Detention

Underground detention areas are made up of a series of conduits. They range from an oversized storm sewer to a series of conduits that are specifically used for storm water detention. The following criteria apply when designing underground detention: A. Ensure the Hydraulic Grade Line design of

the storm sewer will pass through the structure and meet the requirements of 1104.4.2.

B. Consider access to the conduits for periodic

maintenance. C. If practical, provide pretreatment of the storm

water with a vegetated strip.

Q = A C. 64.4H.

Page 121: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-29

D. Payment for the conduit shall be: Item 603 ____” Conduit, Type____, for underground detention.

1118.4.3 Design Check Discharge

A design check discharge with the frequency of a 10-year event shall be used as calculated by the Rational Equation. Use the entire drainage area that contributes to the BMP to calculate the design check discharge. 1118.5 Retention Basin

A retention basin is a “wet” pond that has a minimum water surface elevation between storms that is defined as the permanent pool. Above the permanent pool is a detention pool that provides storage for 75% of the WQv and discharges within 24 hours or more. The full storage water depth is typically between 3-6 feet and the volume is less than 15 Ac-ft. The permanent pool is sized to provide storage for 75% of the WQv. A retention basin is ideal for large tributaries, but it may require a large amount of space. Consider the following when designing a retention basin: A. Use RCP at the inlet of the basin to provide

energy dissipation and erosion control. B. Allow for 1 foot freeboard above the WQv.

C. Use side slopes of 4:1 (max). D. Ensure the design check discharge will safely

pass through the structure (section 1118.4.3). E. Use a length to width ratio of at least 3:1 to

prevent short-circuiting. F. Vegetate the sides of the basin with Item 670

Slope Erosion Protection. G. Furnish a 6 inch layer of Item 601 Detention

Basin Aggregate on the bottom of the basin. H. Furnish a forebay (7-10% of the total

retention volume) to extend the service life of the BMP when feasible.

I. Furnish an anti-seep collar around the outlet

pipe (see section 1118.4.1.2). J. Furnish a trash rack at the outlet structure. K. The underlying soils should be compacted to

prevent infiltration of the permanent pool or an impervious liner should be used.

L. Consider vehicle access to the basin for

periodic maintenance. M. Retention basin must be greater than 10,000

feet from a municipal airport runway. N. Embankment work to create the

impoundment will be constructed and paid for as Item 203 Embankment, Using Natural Soils, 703.16.A.

O. Furnish a Water Quality Basin, Retention per

1118.5.1. 1118.5.1 Water Quality Basin and Weir

A retention basin outlet structure is designed similar to the outlet structure for a detention basin. The difference is that 75% of the WQv should be discharged out of the basin in 24 hours or more. The outlet structures are of a similar type, except the openings will be set at a high enough elevation to maintain 0.75% of the WQv in the permanent pool (see standard construction drawing WQ-1.1). The catch basin and riser pipe is paid for as Item 604, Water Quality Basin, Retention. 1118.6 Bioretention Cell

Bioretention Cells consist of a depressed low-lying area that treat storm water through evapotranspiration and filtering through a planting soil. As the storm water passes through the soil it is filtered. An underlying perforated storm sewer or underdrain captures the treated storm water and carries it to an outlet. Extensive vegetation assists in the filtration of the storm water prior to filtering through the soil. Vegetation should consist of shrubs or grasses that are native to the area. The existing soil must be removed and replaced when constructing a bioretention cell. The bioretention planting soil (plan note WQ101) should consist of a mixture of sand, topsoil, and compost. A bioretention cell is sized to store the WQv prior to filtration. Total filtration should occur in 40 hours or more. Use the following equation to determine the minimum surface area of the bioretention invert:

Page 122: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-30 January 2006

Where,

WQv= Water quality volume (see section 1116) (Acre-feet) T= Drain time of the cell, 40 hours K= permeability of the planting soil (Use 3.3 x 10^-5 ft/sec) A= Top surface area of the trench (Ac) D= Depth of the planting soil (ft) (4.0 feet minimum) h=Maximum depth of water above the cells top layer for the WQv (use 1 foot).

The following criteria apply when designing a bioretention BMP: A. Do not place where snow may be stored. B. Furnish 10 feet or less width between 4 inch

underdrain laterals. C. Furnish bypass or overflow for the design

check discharge. Use a catch basin(s) in conjunction with an overflow weir as needed.

D. Furnish pretreatment of the storm water via a

vegetated filter strip. E. Ensure the water table or bedrock is below

the invert of the bioretention area. F. Use side slopes of 4:1 (max). G. Furnish a length to width ratio of 2:1 (min). H. Use a minimum depth of 4 feet of planting

soil. Provide at least 4 inches of depth deeper than the largest root ball.

I. Furnish an organic or mulching layer at the

top of the planting soil. J. Furnish a maximum depth of 1 foot to the

riser pipe or catch basin outlet from the mulching layer for storage of the WQv.

K. Furnish a bioretention cell as Item 203-

Special - Bioretention Cell.

1118.7 Infiltration

Infiltration techniques treat storm water through the interaction of a filtering substrate that consists of soil, sand, or gravel. This technique discharges the treated storm water into the ground water rather than into surface waters. Infiltration methods require an extensive investigation of the existing soils and geology to ensure success. The investigation should begin with a preliminary soil evaluation of the project site early in the design process. In situ testing is not anticipated during the preliminary evaluation process. Available soil and geology data found in the Soil and Water Conservation maps, United States Geological Survey (USGS), adjacent projects, or estimations from a geotechnical engineer should be used. Material property tables for infiltration, permeability, and porosity have been provided for the preliminary evaluation (table 1118-1 & 1118-2). If the preliminary evaluation yields favorable results a more detailed evaluation should be performed. The detailed evaluation will require a geotechnical investigation of the underlying soils and geology. Soil borings should be performed to a maximum depth of 20 feet (or refusal) with samples taken every 5 feet for laboratory testing. The number and location of soil borings should correspond with the approximate size (as determined in the preliminary evaluation) of the infiltration BMP and should be recommended by the geotechnical engineer. If the detailed evaluation yields favorable results, the ground water depth must be verified. The geotechnical engineer shall provide the seasonal high ground water depth. In some cases, observation wells may be installed and static water levels may be observed over a dry and wet season for verification. The infiltration and permeability rate of the soil shall be tested in the detailed soil evaluation at the discretion of the geotechnical engineer. In some cases, insitu testing at the proposed location of the infiltration BMP may be required. The following criteria applies to infiltration methods and must be met to be considered a feasible alternative: A. Design using the WQv as per Section 1116. B. Do not place infiltration BMP where snow

may be stored.

A = WQv D.

3600 K. T. h D( ).

Page 123: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-31

C. The appropriate soil type must be present:

1. Infiltration must be greater than 0.50 in/hr and no greater than 2.4 in/hr.

2. Soils must have less than 30% clay or

40% of clay and silt combined.

D. The invert of the structure must be at least 4 feet above the seasonal high water table and any impervious layer.

E. Infiltration techniques are not suitable on fill

soil, compacted soil, or steep slopes (greater than 4:1). Consideration should be given to the long term impacts upon hillside stability if applicable.

F. Pretreatment shall be provided to remove

large debris, trash and suspended sediment to extend the service life. Examples of this may be the use of vegetated filter strip.

1118.7.1 Infiltration Trench

An infiltration trench is an excavated trench that has been lined with a geotextile fabric and backfilled with aggregate. The storm water is filtered through the aggregate and is stored within the pore volume of the backfill material. It is allowed to percolate through the sides and bottom of the trench. The drawdown time of the WQv is 24 hours or more. Consider the following when designing an Infiltration trench: A. The minimum acceptable permeability of the

surrounding soil is =6.5*10^-5 ft/sec (see table 1118-1).

B. Design using the WQv as per Section 1116.

C. Long and deep infiltration trenches are most

efficient (3 feet bottom width and 3-6 feet deep).

D. Furnish a 6 inch layer of Item 601 Infiltration

Basin Aggregate on the top of the trench. E. The geometric shape of the trench is a

trapezoid with sides at a 1:1 (H:V) slope due to constructability. The top width is calculated as:

Top Width = Bottom Width + (2 * Depth)

F. Pretreatment using a vegetated strip shall be

provided to ensure longevity of the infiltration trench.

G. An observation well shall be provided to

facilitate ground water level inspection. H. Locate the infiltration trench at least 1,000

feet from any municipal water supply well and at least 100 feet from any private well, septic tank, or field tile drains.

I. Ensure the bottom of the trench is below the

frost line (2.5 feet) The length of the trench depends upon the depth and the bottom width. The required length is calculated by assuming a depth and bottom width. The length is calculated based upon the inflow (WQv) and the outflow (ground water recharge). The following equation calculates the required length in feet:

Where, WQv= Water quality volume (see section 1116) (Acre-feet) T= Drain time through the sides of the trench, 24 hours K= permeability of the surrounding soil (ft/sec) (table 1118-1) D= Trench depth (ft) b= Bottom width of the trench (ft)

Table 1118-1

Permeability of Soil (K)

From Urban Runoff Quality Management WEF Manual of Practice No. 23, 1998, published jointly by the WEF and ASCE, chapter five

Soil Type Rate (K) (ft/sec)

Gravel 3.3x10-3 to 3.3x10-1 Sand 3.3x10-5 to 3.3x10-2 Silt 3.3x10-9 to 3.3x10-5

Clay (saturated) < 3.3x10-9 Till 3.3x10-10 to 3.3x10-6

L t =L tL t 43560 WQv.

3600 K. T. b 2 D( ). 0.4 D2 b D.( )

Page 124: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

11-32 January 2006

1118.7.2 Infiltration Basin

An infiltration basin is an open surface pond that uses infiltration into the ground as the release mechanism. It is designed to store the WQv. Depending on the soil permeability, it may be used to treat from 5 to 50 acres. Lower permeable soils may require an underdrain system as an additional outlet. The drawdown time of the WQv should be between 24-48 hours. The following criteria applies when designing an infiltration basin:

A. Use an energy dissipater at the inlet.

B. Allow for 1 foot (min) freeboard above the WQv.

C. Vegetate the sides of the basin with Item

670 Slope Erosion Protection.

D. Furnish a 6 inch layer of Item 601 Infiltration Basin Aggregate on the bottom of the basin.

E. Use side slopes of 4:1 (max).

F. Use a length to width ratio of 3:1 G. Furnish bypass or overflow for the design

check discharge (see section 1118.4.3).

H. Consider vehicle access to the basin for periodic maintenance.

I. Locate basin at least 1,000 feet from any

municipal water supply well and at least 100 feet from any private well, septic tank, or drain field.

J. Furnish 10 feet or less width between 4

inch underdrain laterals (if used in the design).

K. Do not locate the basin where infiltrating

ground water may adversely impact slope stability.

L. Ensure the invert of any underdrain in the

basin is below the frost line (2.5 feet).

M. Embankment work to create the impoundment will be constructed and paid for as Item 203 Embankment, Using Natural Soils, 703.16.A.

The invert area of the infiltration basin can be calculated by the following equation:

A=(WQv * S.F. * 12)/(k * t)

Where, A= area of invert of the basin (Acres)

WQv= Water Quality Volume (see section 1116) (Acre-feet)

S.F.= Safety Factor of 1.5 k= Infiltration Rate (in/hr) (table 1118-2)

t= Drawdown time of 48 hours

The required depth of the infiltration basin can be calculated by the following equation:

D= WQv/A Where, A= area of invert of the basin (Acres) WQv= Water Quality Volume (Ac-ft) D= Required depth of the basin (ft)

1118.8 Constructed Wetlands

Constructed wetlands treat storm water through bio-retention. They are depressed, heavily planted areas that are designed to maintain a dry weather flow depth ranging between 0.5 to 2 feet. The surface area required for a wetland is usually quite large due to the limited allowable depth. The area is usually on the magnitude of 1% of the entire drainage area. They are designed in a similar manner as a retention basin. The wetland is sized to provide storage for the WQv for a time frame of at least 24 hours (above the permanent pool) while providing a bypass or overflow for larger design check discharge (see section

Table 1118-2 NRCS Soil Type (from soil maps)

HSG Classification

Rate (k)

(in/hr) Sand A 8.0

Loamy Sand A 2.0 Sandy Loam B 1.0

Loam B 0.5 Silt Loam C 0.25

Sandy Clay Loam C 0.15 Clay Loam & Silty

Clay Loam D < 0.09

Clays D < 0.05 Infiltration Rate (k)

From Urban Runoff Quality Management WEF Manual of Practice No. 23, 1998, published jointly by the WEF and ASCE, chapter five

Page 125: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Drainage Design Procedures

January 2006 11-33

1118.4.3). The water depth should be maintained by an outlet structure capable of providing the required water depth with the provision of a one foot freeboard. The following criteria applies when designing a wetland: A. Do not place on a steep or unstable slope or

at a location, which could induce short-term or long-term instability.

B. Wetlands must be greater than 10,000 feet from a municipal airport runway.

C. Base flow must be present to maintain the

constant water depth (such as ground water). D. Furnish a forebay that is 7% of the total

required volume at a depth between 3-6 feet to settle out sediments.

E. Furnish side slopes of 4:1 (max). F. Consider access for maintenance to the

forebay and the outlet structure. G. Vegetate the sides and bottom with grass H. Furnish an impervious liner. Use a

compacted clay bottom or a geotextile fabric to prevent infiltration of the storm water.

I. Furnish a length to width ratio of 3:1 (min) to

prevent short-circuiting.

Page 126: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 127: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1100 Drainage Design Procedures – List of Figures

Figure Subject 1101-1 Overland Flow Chart General Notes for Figures 1101-2 and 1101-3 1101-2 Rainfall Intensity-Frequency-Duration Curves 1101-3 Rainfall Intensity Zone Map 1102-1 Capacity of Grate Catch Basin in a Sump 1102-2 Channel Features 1103-1 Nomograph for Flow in Triangular Channels 1103-2 Capacity of Curb Opening Inlets on Continuous Grade 1103-3 Capacity of Standard Catch Basin Grates in Pavement Sags - Flow Through Grate

Opening 1103-4 Capacity of Inlets and Standard Catch Basins in Pavement Sags - Flow Through Curb Opening 1105-1 Classification of Flow in Culverts 1105-2 Corrugated Metal Pipe Sizes and "n" Values for Type A Conduits 1105-3 Example Bankfull Discharge Culvert Design 1106-1 End Treatment Grading Detail 1106-2 Box Culvert Outlet Detail 1106-3 Box Culvert Inlet Detail 1107-1 Rock Channel Protection at Culvert Storm Sewer Outlets 1112-1 Notice of Intent (NOI) Acreage Calculation Form 1116-1 Exempt Outfalls 1116-2 Water Quality Cq 1118-1 Exfiltration Trench Detail 1118-2 Manufactured System Detail 1118-3 Vegetated Biofilter Detail 1118-4 Vegetated Ditch Design Example 1118-5 Energy Protection Area Detail 1118-6 Conceptual Layout for Detention Basin for Water Quality 1118-7 Extended Detention Basin Example

Page 128: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

1118-8 Retention Basin Example 1118-9 Bioretention Cell Example 1118-10 Infiltration Trench Example 1118-11 Infiltration Basin Example 1118-12 BMP Selection At an Outfall

Page 129: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 130: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 131: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

General Notes - Figures 1101-2 through 1101-3

The Rainfall Intensity-Duration-Frequency curves are based upon data obtained from United States Weather Service Technical Paper No. 40 Rainfall Frequency Atlas of The United States. Federal Highway Administration Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 12 Appendix A offers a methodology for converting I-D-F data points to an equation of the general form:

cb)(tai�

Where: i = rainfall intensity (inches/hour) t = time of concentration (minutes) a = constant b = constant c = constant Using the above referenced methodology the curves in Figure 1101-2 can be expressed using the above general equation utilizing the constants shown below.

Intensity Zone (Figure 1101-3)

Frequency (Years)

Constant "a" Constant "b" Constant "c"

A

2 5 10 25 50 100

44.150 150.271 70.474 96.280 51.622 85.930

8.900 18.400 10.200 11.100 5.100 8.000

0.853 1.062 0.874 0.899 0.747 0.834

B

2 5 10 25 50 100

140.596 81.276 275.649 294.909 117.148 293.888

25.099 18.800 29.499 28.099 16.700 26.699

1.015 0.855 1.070 1.044 0.849 1.000

C

2 5 10 25 50 100

64.387 184.940 83.828 58.733 79.945 196.039

14.300 21.699 12.500 7.400 9.300 16.300

0.896 1.075 0.887 0.771 0.818 0.978

D

2 5 10 25 50 100

85.568 118.822 112.172 198.920 206.025 355.551

16.500 18.700 16.800 19.300 19.600 23.199

0.950 0.969 0.923 1.004 0.990 1.076

Page 132: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 133: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 134: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 135: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 136: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 137: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 138: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 139: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 140: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 141: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 142: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 143: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 144: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 145: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 146: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 147: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 148: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Revised April, 2003

1112-1NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI) ACREAGE CALCULATION FORM

Reference Section1112

grading, cut and fill areas, anticipated contractor-used areas within State right of way, etc.Project Earth Disturbing Activities. Enter the area of disturbed earth for the project activities. Include shoulder

equipment and materials.Field Office. These sizes were determined with regard to size of the trailer, parking, and some stock area for

project.might be used by the Contractor. This is not needed for existing plants, it is only for plants set up for the specificinvestigate the location of the project relative to existing plants, facilities, etc. to estimate whether a batch plantBatch Plant. It is assumed that a typical batch plant would occupy 2 acres of ground. The designer should

previous projects, etc. Consideration should be given for grindings, as well.acre. The designer may choose a different value based on knowledge of the project area, bedrock elevations, Off-Project Waste / Borrow. The specified estimation is based on approximately 10 feet of depth or fill over 1

for coverage up to 4.9 acres minimum.be submitted for the NOI. All projects with Project Earth Disturbing Activity greater than zero will be submittedNOI Earth Disturbing Activities (enter total acreage from line l or 4.9 acres, whichever is greater). This value is to

condition and have less than 5 acres of earth disturbing activities (see section 1112.2).Maintenance activity consists of projects that do not change the line, grade, or hydraulic capacity of the existing

Area (acres)aProject Earth Disturbing Activities bIf line a = 0 or the project is a Maintenance Project, an NOI is not required. STOPcIf line a > 0, an NOI is required, continue to line ddField Officee Enter 0.125 for Type A; 0.25 for Type B; or 1.00 for Type CfBatch Plant Yes = 2.0; No = 0gOff-Project Waste / Borrow Pith Add 1.0 acre per 15,000 CY of waste or borrowiMiscellaneous Other Off-Project Areasj Off-Project staging areas, stock yards, etc.

kSubtotalContractor Earth Disturbing Activities (add lines e, f, h and j)

lTOTALTotal Earth Disturbing Activities (add line a to line k)

mTOTALNOI Earth Disturbing Activities (minimum = 4.9 acres)

(10ft. x 43560 s.f. / 27 = 16,133 c.y. ~ say 15,000 c.y.)

Page 149: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTIONEXEMPT OUTFALLS

INLETS AT INTERSECTIONS

PROFILE

PLAN VIEW

SUMP LOCATION

TREATED

AREA

TREATED

AREA

TREATED

AREA

TREATED

AREA

Contributing Drainage Area 1

Contributing Drainage Area 2

If the contributing drainage areas

to drainage structures #1 or #2 are

less than 0.25 acres, Water Quality

Treatment is not required.

The above example shows areas

that are each less than 0.25 acres.

Treatment is required for the

drainage areas tributary to the

flanking inlets.

PROJECT LIMITS

PROJECT LIMITS

INLET

If the drainage area within the

project limits is less than 0.25

acres, then no Water Quality

Treatment is required.

The hatched areas above indicate

that treatment is not required.

Treatment is required on the through

street.

1

2

1116-1

INLET

AT SUMP

STORM

OUTLET

INLET

AT SUMP

INLETS OR SCUPPERS IN SUMPS

January 2006

1116

Page 150: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1

Impervious ratio

Cq

WATER QUALITY Cq1116-2

REFERENCE SECTION1116

January 2006

Page 151: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

January 2006

Granular Material

per CMS 605 Depth

per

10

09

.2

Width per

CMS 605

24"

18"

Pavement per

Typical Section

6"

8"

0.0833 ft/ft

Gutter

12"4"

ExT

Filter

1118-1

1118

Sectional View (NTS)

Lt (4’ min)15’

Plan View (NTS)

Curb and

Gutter,

Type 2

Pavement Catch

Basin or Inlet

ExT

CL

EXFILTRATION TRENCH DETAIL

Type A - Used for curb and gutter, Type 2 (shown)

Type B - Used for barrier or non-6 inch curb

Type C - Used for 6 inch curb without gutter

6"

Page 152: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

January 2006

1118-2

1118

MANUFACTURED SYSTEM DETAIL

8"

PLAN VIEW

NOT TO SCALE

TRUNK STORM SEWER

PROFILE

NOT TO SCALE

MANUFACTURED SYSTEM

SIZED PER 1118.3

NOTE: DIVERSION WEIR SHALL

BE PLACED PERPINDICULAR TO

THE FLOW IN THE TRUNK SEWER.

MANHOLE NO. 3

45 DEGREE

LOCATION OF

OUTFLOW TRUNK SEWER

180

DEGREES

TYPE B CONDUIT

SIZED PER 1118

RE

SE

RV

ED

AR

EA

PE

R 1

11

8

MANHOLE NO. 3

W/ BASE DIAMETER PER

SECTION 1118

RESERVED LENGTH PER 1118

RE

SE

RV

ED

WID

TH

PE

R 1

118

HE

IGH

T P

ER

1118

TYPE B CONDUIT

SIZED PER 1118

TO MANUFACTURED SYSTEM

TYPE B CONDUIT

SIZED PER 1118

FROM MANUFACTURED SYSTEM

DIVERSION WEIR

INFLOW TRUNK SEWER OUTFLOW TRUNK SEWER

DIVERSION WEIR

Page 153: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

January 2006

1118-3

1118

END OF IMPERVIOUS AREA/

START OF VEGETATION

R/W

END OF IMPERVIOUS AREA/

START OF VEGETATION

ISOMETRIC VIEW

CROSS-SECTION VIEW

CROWN OF

PAVEMENT

CROWN OF

PAVEMENT

VEGETATED BIOFILTER DETAIL

GR

AD

ED

SH

OU

LD

ER

GRADED SHOULDER

VEGETATED DITCH

VEGETATED SLOPE

VEGETATED SLOPE

VEGETATED

DITCH

Page 154: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

January 2006

1118-4

1118

VEGETATED DITCH DESIGN EXAMPLE

Any of these combinations

will satisy the design.

Will use 15’ wide for 582 feet

to minimize the right of way take.

1:1

15’

582’ 407’

11’

Ditch

Ditch Required

Width (feet) Length (feet)

4 1694

5 1445

6 1259

7 1115

8 1001

9 908

10 830

11 765

12 709

13 661

14 619

15 582

4’

Given:

Designed Ditch:

Foreslope = 4:1

Backslope = 3:1

Width = 4 feet

Length = 1000 feet

Impervious Area = 1.0 acres

WQv:

WQv = (0.75)(1.0 Ac)(0.90)/12 = 0.056 Ac-Ft = 2439 cf

2 X WQv = 4878 cf

Design:

-Check Available Ditch Volume:

Ditch Area = ((Top Width + Bottom Width)/2)(depth)

= (((0.5)(4)+(0.5)(3)+4]+4]/2)(0.5) = 2.88 sf

Ditch Volume = (Ditch Area)(Length) = (2.88)(1000) = 2880 cf

Ditch Volume is Less than 2 X WQv, therefore ditch width must be increased.

-Determine required length using 4 foot ditch width:

Ditch Volume = (Ditch Area)(Length) = (2.88)(Length) = 4878 cf

Length = 1694 feet

-Determine required length using the maximum ditch width of 15 feet:

Ditch Area = ((Top Width + Bottom Width)/2)(depth)

= (((0.5)(4)+(0.5)(3)+15]+15]/2)(0.5) = 8.38 sf

Ditch Volume = (Ditch Area)(Length) = (8.38)(Length) = 4878 cf

Length = 582 feet

- Interpolate between 4 foot and 15 foot ditch width to determine required lengths:

Page 155: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

January 2006

1118-5

1118

PROFILE

NOT TO SCALE

ENERGY PROTECTION AREA DETAIL

50 FEET

DITCH PROFILE

ITEM 601 - 12 INCHES OF

RCP, TYPE D WITH FILTER

DRAINAGE DITCH

ROADWAY C/L

PLAN VIEW

NOT TO SCALE

WA

TE

R B

OD

Y

50 FEET

2:1

MA

X

ITEM 601 - 12" OF RCP, TYPE D

2:1

MA

X

WA

TE

R B

OD

Y ITEM 601 - 12" OF RCP, TYPE D

2:1

MA

X2:1

MA

X(TYP)

1:1 TRANSITION

(TYP)

ITEM 601 - 12" OF RCP, TYPE D

ITEM 601 - 12" OF RCP, TYPE D

WID

TH

PE

R 1

11

8

(TY

P)

OPTIONAL

ENERGY PROTECTION

AREA PER 1118

OPTIONAL

ENERGY PROTECTION

AREA PER 1118

Page 156: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

CONCEPTUAL LAYOUT FOR

DETENTION (DRY) BASIN

FOR WATER QUALITY

SE

CT

ION

NO

T T

O S

CA

LE

INF

LO

W

FO

RE

BA

Y

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y B

ER

M

OU

TF

LO

W

FO

RE

BA

Y

LO

W F

LO

W C

HA

NN

EL

EM

BA

NK

ME

NT

AC

CE

SS

TO

OU

TL

ET

MA

INT

EN

AN

CE

AC

CE

SS

NO

T T

O S

CA

LE

PL

AN

EM

BA

NK

ME

NT

SID

E S

LO

PE

4:1

MA

X

BO

TT

OM

ST

OR

AG

E

TO

P S

TA

GE

WIT

H 2

% S

LO

PE

FL

OW

DIS

PE

RS

ING

INL

ET

INV

ER

T O

F

LO

W F

LO

WIN

G C

HA

NN

EL

TO

P O

F L

OW

FL

OW

CH

AN

NE

L

OU

TL

ET

WO

RK

S

CU

TO

FF

CO

LL

AR

1.5’

to 3’

MIC

RO

PO

OL

WE

IR

WE

IR C

RE

ST

January 2006

1118-6

1118

EM

ER

GE

NC

Y W

EIR

TH

E M

ICR

OP

OO

L I

S T

YP

ICA

LL

Y S

IZE

D T

O H

OL

D 1

0%

OF

TH

E T

OT

AL

WQ

v.

Page 157: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

GIVEN:

Drain time = 48 hours

Calculate the forebay size and subtract from the total required size:

WQv = 0.55 Ac-ft

Overflow Discharge (Q10) = 20 cfs

Will try using a peforated riser pipe (6 inches diameter) into a catch basin (2-3)

Will try using an outlet culvert equal to 12 inches in diameter.

Will try using a broad crested weir 20’ x 5’ for emergency overflow @ 806.00

799.00

799.83

801.17

802.50

803.83

804.50

Orifice

Invert

The outlet catch basin will be a no. 2-3 catch basin with grate elevation = 805.00.

805.00

798.00 797.50

50’ -12" Conduit, Type C

EXAMPLE

with 5 rows of 12 openings with a diameter of 1/2-inch as specified.

Use design software (i.e. HydroCAD) to develop outlet rating curve and discharge time.

January 2006

1118-7

1118

EXTENDED DETENTION BASIN

=1.20 x 0.55=0.66 Ac-ft

Calculate 20% increase of WQv:

Size = 0.10 x 0.66 Ac-ft = 0.066 Ac-ft

Total required size= 0.66 - 0.066 = 0.60 Ac-ft

Size the outlet structure to discharge WQv (not 20% WQv) within 48 hours:

Note: 20% of the WQv is held in permanent storage below the lowest orifice opening.

Page 158: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

EXTENDED DETENTION

BASIN EXAMPLE (CONTINUED)

Stage Discharge

(Elev.) (cfs) (Hours)

Time Storage Elevation

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

26

804.02

803.30

805.00

802.71

802.26

801.89

801.56

801.29

801.10

800.93

800.63

(Elev.)

Discharge

(cfs)

0.66

0.46

0.36

0.29

0.22

0.20

0.17

0.13

0.10

0.09

0.08

Stage Discharge Curve

Discharge time of basin is 48 hours.

NOTES:

Maximum discharge = 8.32 cfs @ 806.00

Hydrograph for Draining of WQv

(Ac-ft)

0.55

0.46

0.40

0.34

0.30

0.27

0.24

0.21

0.19

0.18

0.15

24 0.16 800.77 0.08

28

30

32

34

36

40

800.50

800.38

800.27

800.18

800.10

799.97

0.07

0.06

0.06

0.05

0.04

0.03

0.14

0.13

0.12

0.11

0.10

0.09

38 0.09 800.03 0.04

42

46

799.92

799.87

0.02

0.01

0.08

0.08

44 0.08 799.89 0.01

48 799.85 0.010.08

799.00 0.00

799.20 0.0

799.40 0.00

799.60 0.00

799.80 0.00

800.00 0.03

800.20 0.05

800.40 0.06

800.60 0.08

800.80 0.08

801.00 0.09

801.20 0.11

801.40 0.15

801.60 0.17

801.80 0.19

802.00 0.21

802.20 0.22

802.40 0.23

802.60 0.27

802.80 0.30

803.00 0.33

803.20 0.35

803.40 0.37

803.60 0.39

803.80 0.41

804.00 0.46

804.20 0.49

804.40 0.52

804.60 0.57

804.80 0.62

805.00 0.66

805.20 2.15

805.40 4.85

805.60 6.57

805.80 7.50

806.00 8.32

4

January 2006

1118-7

1118

Page 159: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

GIVEN:

BASIN EXAMPLE

WQv = 0.55 Ac-ft

Size the outlet structure:

Overflow Discharge (Q10) = 27 cfs

Will try using a peforated riser pipe (8 inches diameter) into a catch basin (2-3)

Will try using an outlet culvert equal to 12 inches in diameter.

Will try using a broad crested weir 20’ x 5’ for emergency overflow @ 807.00

799.00

802.50

803.50

805.50

Orifice

Invert

with 3 rows of 8 openings with a diameter of 1 inch as specified.

The outlet catch basin will be a no. 2-3 catch basin with grate elevation = 806.00.

806.00

798.00 797.50

50’ -12" Conduit, Type C

RETENTION

Drain time = 24 hours (for 75% of WQv)

Determine the wet and dry retention volumes required:

Size = 0.75 x 0.55 Ac-ft = 0.38 Ac-ft

Use design software (i.e. HydroCAD) to develop outlet rating curve and discharge time.

January 2006

1118-8

1118

Page 160: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTIONBASIN EXAMPLE (CONTINUED)

802.50 0.00 802.60 0.06 802.80 0.12 803.00 0.16 803.20 0.19 803.40 0.21 803.60 0.29 803.80 0.38 804.00 0.44 804.20 0.49 804.40 0.53 804.60 0.57 804.80 0.61 805.00 0.64 805.20 0.67 805.40 0.71 805.60 0.79 805.80 0.88 806.00 0.95

Stage Discharge

(Elev.) (cfs) (Hours)

Time Storage Elevation

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

804.87

804.06

806.00

803.52

803.20

802.95

802.75

802.62

802.55

802.53

(Elev.)

Discharge

(cfs)

0.95

0.62

0.45

0.24

0.19

0.15

0.11

0.06

0.03

0.01

25 802.52 0.00

Stage Discharge Curve

Discharge time of basin is 25 hours.

NOTES:

Maximum discharge = 8.72 cfs @ 807.00

RETENTION

(Ac-ft)

0.76

0.64

0.55

0.49

0.46

0.43

0.41

0.39

0.39

0.38

0.38

Hydrograph for Draining of 75% of WQv

806.20 2.47

806.40 5.20

806.60 6.94

806.80 7.88

807.00 8.72

January 2006

1118-8

1118

Page 161: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

BIORETENTION CELL

EXAMPLE

SOLVE FOR REQUIRED AREA

A=

(0.20AC-FT) (4.0 FT)

=0.03 AC

ASSUME 20 FT. WIDTH. SOLVE FOR LENGTH

0.03AC=

20 L

43560

L=65 FT

3

USE TRAPEZOIDAL SECTION @ 20 FT WIDTH X 65 FT

LONG X 12 INCHES DEPTH

4:1

65’

4:1

-5

10

-5

73’

800.16

799.16

3600(3.3X10 FT/SEC)(40 HOURS)(1+4.0)

1 ft depth

VOLUME = 1,661 CF > 1,307 CF => O.K.

(Used Visual Urban software from FHWA )

PROVIDE STORAGE FOR AT WQv PRIOR

TO FILTRATION:

0.03 AC-FT = 1,307 FT

GIVEN:

WQv=0.20AC-FT

K=3.3X10 FT/SEC

D=4.0 FT

h=1 FT

Q =23 CFS

T=40 HOURS

January 2006

1118

1118-9

Page 162: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

BIORETENTION CELL

10

10

2 BASINS

800.66

RCP, TYPE C

(FOR OVERFLOW) 800.16

799.164:1

SOIL

24" CONDUIT

799.16

799.164:1

4’(TYP) FABRIC FILTER

ON SIDES AND

BOTTOM OF

TRENCH (TYP.)

NTS

PROFILE VIEW

S=0.40% Ditch

EXAMPLE (CONT.)

ANTI-SEEP

COLLAR

GRANULAR

BACKFILL

8"

TOP OF

EMBANKMENT 801.00

800.16{ G

RA

TE

80

0.1

6

2X6.5 = 13 CFS < 23 CFS DESIGN WEIR FOR 23-13 CFS=10 CFS

CHECK FOR Q BYPASS THROUGH BIORETENTION CELL

TRAPEZOIDAL WEIR EQUATION (ASSUME 15’ BASE WITH 4:1 SIDE SLOPES):

Q= 3.367 X B X H (3/2) 10= 3.367 X 15’ X H (3/2), SOLVING FOR H=0.34 FT

TOP OF EMBANKMENT SHOULD BE AT LEAST 0.34’ + 800.66=801.00

10

1 TO 2 USE 21" CONDUIT @ 0.68%

2 TO 3 USE 24" CONDUIT @ 1.1%

10 CFS EACH

@ ELEVATION 801.00, TOTAL DISCHARGE IN CATCH BASINS = 20 CFS (FIGURE 1102-1 AT 0.84 FT HEAD,)

DESIGN STORM SEWER FOR Q FLOW ASSUME CB 1 & 2

TAKE 10 CFS EACH USING MANNINGS EQUATION:

January 2006

1118

Q = 23 CFS FIGURE 1102-1 SHOW GRATE CAPACITY

OF No. 2-2B CATCH BASIN = 6.5 CFS @ 0.5 FT HEAD (ELEVATION 800.66)

C.B

. N

o.

2-2

B

1118-9

Page 163: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

BIORETENTION CELL

79

9.6

6799.1

67

99

.66

79

9.6

6

79

9.6

6799.1

6

4:1

4:1

1 2

21

" C

ON

DU

IT

4:1

80

0.6

6

PL

UG

EN

D

5’

WID

E R

CP

,

TY

PE

C

800.0

0

FL

OW

4:112:1

3

STREAM

1 &

2 C

AT

CH

BA

SIN

No. 2-2

B

{ G

RA

TE

= 8

00.1

6 PL

AN

VIE

W

NT

S

EXAMPLE (CONT.)

24"

CO

ND

UIT

OV

ER

FL

OW

WE

IR 1

5’

WID

E

80

1.0

0

138 F

T

4" U

.D.

4" U

.D.

4" U

.D.

4" U

.D.

January 2006

1118

NO

TE

S:

4" U

.D.

BL

IND

TA

PS

IN

TO

TH

E

21

" C

OL

LE

CT

OR

PIP

E

0.5

’ W

IDE

RC

P U

SE

D T

O S

PR

EA

D

TH

E F

LO

W A

CR

OS

S T

HE

CE

LL

AR

EA

TO

BE

MU

LC

HE

D A

ND

PL

AN

TE

D W

/TR

EE

S,

SH

RU

BS

, A

ND

GR

AS

SE

S N

AT

IVE

TO

TH

E A

RE

A.

FR

OM

VE

GE

TA

TE

D

SW

AL

E

1118-9

Page 164: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

GIVEN:

INFILTRATION TRENCH EXAMPLE

WQv = 0.16 Ac-ft

Trench Backfill = uniform sized gravel (p=0.40)

Drain time = 24 hours

Surrounding Soil Permeability (K) = 0.000065 ft/sec

Assume depth = 5.0 feet

L= 43560 x (0.16 Ac-ft)

Assume bottom width = 4.0 feet

Calculate the required length:

3600x (0.000065 ft/sec) x (24)(4+2(5)) + 0.40 x (5 +(4)(5))2

L= 72 ft.

TOP WIDTH = 4+(2)(5) = 14 FEET

4’

72’

14’

5’

1118-10

January 2006

1118

Page 165: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

REFERENCE SECTION

GIVEN:

WQv = 0.25 Ac-ft

Drain time = 48 hours

Sandy Loam Soil (infiltration rate (k) = 1.0 in/hr)

Surrounding Soil Permeability (K) = 0.000065 ft/sec

Calculate the required surface area of the basin invert:

1.0 in/hr x 48 hours

A= 0.25 Ac-ft x 1.5 x 12= 0.093 Ac = 4,084 sf

Will try a 35 foot wide basin:

Length= 4,084 sf

35 ft= 116 feet

116 feet

35 f

eet

35 ’

4:1 4:1

Plan Cross Section

Calculate the depth of the basin:

Therefore, dimensions of the basin are:

116 feet x 35 feet x 3.68 feet with 4:1 slopes

Invert of basin

Therefore, depth = WQv/Invert Area = 0.25 Ac-ft/0.093 Ac = 2.68 feet

Add one foot for freeboard requirement => Depth = 3.68 feet

Will assume that only basin invert infiltrates storm water

1118-11INFILTRATION BASIN EXAMPLE

January 2006

1118

Page 166: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

START

Yes

Done

Is an ExT being used? NoIs a Vegetated

Biofilter Treatment Train being used?

Is a Manufactured System being used? No

REFERENCE SECTION1118

No

Calculate the WQf

Yes

Provide one of the following BMP:

Extended Detention, Retention Basin,

Infiltration Trench, Infiltration Basin, or

Constructed Wetland

Calculate the WQv weighted

average per 1116

Calculate the WQv

Design the BMP per

Section 1118

Page 167: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix A – Reproducible Forms

Form Subject

LD-30 Treated Sanitary Flow Agreement Form

LD-33 County Engineer Approval Form

LD-34 Storm Sewer Computation Sheet

LD-35 Ohio Drainage Design Criteria Form

LD-40 Gutter Spread and Inlet Capacity Computation Sheet

LD-41 Ditch Computation Sheet

LD-42 Culvert Computation Sheet

Page 168: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 169: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 170: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 171: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 172: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 173: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Form LD-35 Revised January 2006 GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION

County Route Section

Attach Typical Section) AFFECTED ROADWAYS:

Route

Average Daily Traffic

Rural / Urban

INTERSTATE OR OTHER L/A FACILITIES

ARTERIALS AND COLLECTORS

LOCALS

CLEAR ZONE

All Units are English: PIPE POLICY: The Pipe Policy of _____________________ will be used for this project. (See Section 1002 for additional information) If a policy other than ODOT’s is being used, the following material types are permitted: ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ (Please attach a copy of the written pipe policy. In lieu of a written policy, documentation of locally funded construction practices may be provided) POST CONSTRUCTION BMP POLICY: The Post Construction BMP Policy of _____________________ will be used for this project.. If a policy other than ODOT’s is being used, the following BMP’s are permitted: ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ PROJECT SPECIFIC INFORMATION AFFECTING DRAINAGE: ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________

Page 174: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Section A. Roadway Culverts (Type A Conduits) 1. DESIGN STORM FREQUENCY (1004.2): a. Mainline _______________ Year

b. Crossroads _______________ Year

2. BANKFULL DESIGN Yes No (Circle yes if at least one culvert has bankfull design) attach a

list of culverts with bankfull designs 3. FLOOD PLAIN CULVERT(S) NEEDED? Yes No (Circle yes if at least one culvert has flood

plain culverts) attach a list of culverts with flood plain culverts 4. DURABILITY SERVICE LIFE _______________ Year attach a list of culverts with their durability

service life if multiple culverts have different frequencies. 5. ABRASIVE SITE? Yes No (Circle yes if at least one culvert has an abrasive site) attach a

list of culverts with their abrasive site assumptions if multiple culverts are different 6. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE HEADWATER FOR DESIGN STORM (1006.2): a. b. c. 7. METHOD USED TO ESTIMATE DESIGN DISCHARGE (Q) (1003): a. b. 8. SCALE OF TOPOGRAPHIC MAPPING USED TO DELINEATE DRAINAGE AREAS (1101.1): a. b. c. 9. MANNING’S “n” USED FOR (1105.6.5): a. Smooth pipe _______________ b. Corrugated pipe: 2-2/3" x 1/2": Full flow 3" x 1": Full flow 6" x 2": Full flow

Page 175: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Section A. Roadway Culverts - Continued 10. ENTRANCE LOSS COEFFICIENT (ke) (1105.6.6, table 1105-1): a. Corrugated pipe: HW-4 Headwall __________ Full Headwall __________ b. Smooth Concrete pipe HW-4 Headwall __________ Full Headwall __________ d. Box Shape Full Headwall __________ 11. MINIMUM COVER (top of pipe to subgrade) FOR (1008): a. Rigid pipe _______________ b. Flexible pipe _______________ 12. MAXIMUM COVER FOR (1008): a. Rigid pipe _______________ b. Flexible pipe _______________ 13. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CULVERT OUTLET VELOCITY (1002.2.2) : a. Bare earth channel _______________ b. Rock channel protection __________________________________________________________ c. Use ____________________ for velocities in excess of 20 f.p.s. 14. HEADWALL TYPE (1106.2): a. b. 15. CONTACT WILL BE MADE WITH COUNTY ENGINEER TO ESTABLISH: a. b. 16. MINIMUM PIPE SIZE (1002.3.1, Figure 1002-1) : a. Freeway or limited access facility _______________ b. Other highways _______________

Page 176: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Section B. Storm Sewers (Type B & C Conduits) 1. DESIGN FREQUENCY (Just Full) _______________ YEAR (1104.4.1) 2. HYDRAULIC GRADIENT SHALL NOT EXCEED (1104.4.2): a. __________ inches below edge of pavement for __________ year frequency storm. b. Pavement catch basin grate or lip of inlet for __________ year frequency storm. c. A point in a depressed pavement sag that would result in an impassible highway for a __________

year frequency storm. d. Other: _______________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ e. The above is based on: i. A pipe roughness “n” = __________ for pipe sizes 60" and under and __________ for

larger sizes. ii. _______________________________________________________________________ 3. METHOD USED TO ESTIMATE DESIGN DISCHARGE (Q) (1003): a. b. 4. COEFFICIENT OF RUNOFF “C” FOR (1101.2.3): a. Pavement and paved shoulders _______________ b. Berms and slopes (4:1 and flatter) _______________ c. Berms and slopes (steeper than 4:1) _______________ d. Contributing areas: Residential _______________ Woods _______________ Cultivated _______________ 5. METHOD USED TO DETERMINE TIME TO FIRST CATCH BASIN OR PAVEMENT INLET

(1101.2): a. b. 6. MINIMUM TIME TO (1104.4.4): a. Ditch catch basin __________ minutes b. Pavement inlet or catch basin __________ minutes

Page 177: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Section B. Storm Sewers (Type B & C Conduits) - Continued 7. MINIMUM COVER OVER SEWERS (1104.2.1): a. Rigid pipe: i. Type B conduit (under pavement or paved shoulder) __________ ii. Type C conduit (beyond pavement or paved shoulder) __________ b. Flexible pipe: i. Type B conduit (under pavement or paved shoulder) __________ ii. Type C conduit (beyond pavement or paved shoulder) __________ 8. DESIRABLE MINIMUM VELOCITY FOR DESIGN FLOW _______________ f.p.s (1104.2.1). 9. MAXIMUM LENGTH BETWEEN MANHOLES OR SUITABLE CLEANOUT POINTS (1104.2.2) : a. Under 36"diameter __________ b. 36" - 60" diameter __________ c. Over 60" diameter __________ 10. MINIMUM PIPE SIZE UNDER PAVEMENT (1104.4.6): a. Freeway or limited access facility _______________ b. Other highways _______________ 11. PROCEDURE TO FOLLOW WHEN EXISTING PRIVATE DRAINS ARE CUT BY PROPOSED SEWERS OR DITCHES: _________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________

Page 178: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Section C. Roadway Ditches 1. METHOD USED TO ESTIMATE DESIGN DISCHARGE (Q) (1003): a. b. 2. DESIGN FREQUENCY TO DETERMINE (1102.3.1 or 1102.4):

ADT >2000: a. Depth of flow determination __________ year

b. Shear Stress determination (for protection and width of protection) __________ year ADT <2000: c. Depth of flow determination __________ year d. Shear Stress determination (for protection and width of protection) __________ year

3. METHOD USED TO DETERMINE TIME OF FLOW TO DITCH (1101.2): _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ 4. ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR DITCH LINING (1102.3): Permanent Ditch Protection: a. Seed lining __________ psf.

b. Sod or other temporary ditch protection __________ psf. c. Turf Reinforcing Mat (SS836), Type 1 __________ psf. d. Turf Reinforcing Mat (SS836), Type 2 __________ psf. e. Turf Reinforcing Mat (SS836), Type 3 __________ psf. f. RCP, Type B__________psf. g. RCP, Type C__________ psf.

h. RCP, Type D__________ psf.

Temporary Ditch Protection (Item 670):

a. Mat, Type A __________ psf. b. Mat, Type B __________ psf.

c. Mat, Type C __________ psf.

d. Mat, Type E __________ psf. e. Mat, Type F __________ psf.

Page 179: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Section C. Roadway Ditches - Continued

f. Mat, Type G __________ psf.

Tied Concrete Block Mat (Item 601) a. Type 1 __________ psf. b. Type 2 __________ psf. c. Type31 __________ psf.

5. MANNING’S “n” USED FOR (1102.3): a. Seed lining __________ b. Sod, jute, or other temporary linings __________ c. Turf reinforcing mats __________ d. Tied Concrete Block Matting __________ e. Rock channel protection __________ 6. DITCH CONFIGURATION (1102.2): a. ____________________ for roadway, with __________ inch minimum depth b. ____________________ for toe of embankment, with __________ inch minimum depth 7. TYPE OF DITCH CATCH BASIN (1102.3.4): a. 8. MINIMUM LONGITUDINAL SLOPE OF DITCHES IN CUT SECTIONS (1102.1): a. __________ desirable minimum b. __________ absolute minimum 9. METHOD USED TO LOCATE EXISTING FARM TILE CROSSED BY HIGHWAYS? a. b. c. d.

Page 180: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Section C. Roadway Ditches – Continued 10. MINIMUM WIDTH OF DITCH LININGS (1102.3.1) : a. Sod __________ ft. b. Temporary linings __________ ft. c. Turf reinforcing mats __________ ft. 11. DESIGN FREQUENCY DEPTH SHALL NOT EXCEED (1102.3.1):

a.

b.

c.

Page 181: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Section D. Median Ditches 1. DITCH CONFIGURATIONS (1102.3): a. Depressed ____________________ b. Type of barrier ____________________ 2. WIDTH BETWEEN PAVEMENT EDGES _______________ ft. 3. ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR DITCH LINING (1102.3): Permanent Ditch Protection: a. Seed lining __________ psf.

i. Sod or other temporary ditch protection __________ psf. j. Turf Reinforcing Mat (SS836), Type 1 __________ psf. k. Turf Reinforcing Mat (SS836), Type 2 __________ psf. l. Turf Reinforcing Mat (SS836), Type 3 __________ psf.

Temporary Ditch Protection (Item 670):

d. Mat, Type A __________ psf. e. Mat, Type B __________ psf.

f. Mat, Type C __________ psf.

g. Mat, Type E __________ psf. h. Mat, Type F __________ psf. i. Mat, Type G __________ psf.

Tied Concrete Block Mat (Item 601) a. Type 1 __________ psf. b. Type 2 __________ psf. c. Type 3 __________ psf.

4. METHOD USED TO ESTIMATE DESIGN DISCHARGE (Q) (1101.2): a. b. 5. CATCH BASIN SPACING WILL BE DETERMINED BY HYDRAULIC ANALYSIS USING

(1102.3.4): a. __________ year frequency and “n” = __________ for velocity b. __________ year frequency and “n” = __________ for depth

Page 182: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

c. Controls: i. Design frequency depth shall not exceed: (1) (2) d. Catch basin spacing, depressed median, fill section: Median Width 84' 60' 40' i. Desirable maximum __________________________________________________ ii. Absolute maximum __________________________________________________ 5. TYPE OF MEDIAN CATCH BASIN OR INLET (1102.3.4): a. 7. MINIMUM LONGITUDINAL SLOPE OF DEPRESSED EARTH MEDIAN:

Page 183: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Section E. Drainage for Curbed Pavements 1. CONTROLS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF INLET OR CATCH BASIN SPACING (1103):

a. Design storm frequency __________ year b. Check storm frequency__________ year (for underpasses or depressed roadways where the storm

sewer is the only outlet) c. METHOD USED TO DETERMINE TIME TO FIRST CATCH BASIN OR PAVEMENT

INLET: i. ii.

d. Maximum spread of flow into traveled lane __________ ft. (table 1103-1)

Outside lane width greater than 12 feet ft. Total allowable spread on pavement ft.

e. Maximum depth of flow at curb __________ in . f. Manning’s “n” for: i. Reinforced concrete pavement __________ ii. Asphaltic concrete pavement __________ iii. Paved shoulders __________ 2. TYPE OF INLET OR CATCH BASIN PROPOSED FOR (1103): a. Continuous grades _______________________________________________________________ b. Sags __________________________________________________________________________ 4. INLET LIP OF CURB OPENING INLET WILL BE DEPRESSED __________ INCHES BELOW

NORMAL GUTTER.

a. A local depression of __________ inches will be used to determine spacing of combination grate and curb opening catch basins for a curb pavement section.

b. A local depression of __________ inches will be used to determine spacing of combination grate

and curb opening catch basins for a combination curb and gutter section.

Page 184: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 185: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 186: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 187: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 188: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 189: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 190: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 191: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

Supersedes Directive No. D-102dated March 26, 1962

TO: DEPUTY DIRECTORS, STAFF MEMBERS, AND DIVISION ENGINEERS

SUBJECT: PERMITS TO DISCHARGE TREATED SANITARY FLOW INTO STATEHIGHWAY

DRAINAGE SYSTEMS.

PART I - GENERAL

A. PURPOSE

1. To control, through the issuance of permits, the acceptance, when justified, of treatedsanitary flow into State Highway drainage systems.

2. To define conditions under which a permit may be issued and set up procedures forapplying, granting, and revoking a permit.

3. To coordinate the activities of all Highway Bureaus involved in this field and with theState and local Health Departments.

B. POLICY

1. To permit treated sanitary flow to enter the Highway drainage systems if conditionsrequire an outlet for the private sewage treatment facilities and the effluent meets therequirements noted hereinafter.

2. No permit shall be issued under these procedures unless it is established, at the expenseof the applicant, and by a Registered Professional Engineer or other qualified person asdetermined by the Health Department having jurisdiction, that the soil will not permitleaching as shown by percolation tests prescribed by the State Department of Health,and that there is no practical place to discharge the treated sanitary flow except to theHighway drainage system.

3. No permit shall be issued unless it has been established that the discharge from theprivate drain will not exceed the hydraulic capacity of the Highway drainage system, willnot cause a menace to health, will not adversely affect the maintenance of the Highway,and will not damage the Highway drainage system.

4. The permit, when issued, shall remain in force only if construction conforms to theapproved plan and only as long as the treatment facility continues to produce an effluentreasonably free of odor, color and suspended solids as determined by the HealthDepartment having jurisdiction. The approved permit for a new or existing user shallstipulate this requirement as a condition to continuing the permit in effect.

5. Written permission to discharge treated sanitary flow into the Highway drainage systemshall specifically provide for cancellation in the event the effluent at any time is notreasonably free of odor, color and suspended solids, or if other means of disposalbecome available such as a sanitary sewer extension.

Page 192: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

C. SCOPE

1. Treated sanitary flow means the effluent from a properly constructed and maintainedsand sewage filter or aerobic digestion treatment plant, the designs of which have beenapproved and accepted by the Local Health Department and the Ohio Department ofHealth.

2. Untreated sanitary flow is defined as the flow from all plumbing fixtures including floordrains, kitchen sinks and drains from livestock lots ad barns. Untreated sanitary flowsshall not be discharged into the Highway drainage system except as provided for inSection C-4-b.

3. This directive will apply to the discharge of treated sanitary flows into the drainagesystems on all rural State highways.

4. The following shall apply to the discharge of sanitary flows into the drainage systems onState highways within municipal corporations:

a. If the municipality enters into an agreement with the State by passing suitablelegislation in which the municipality agree to issue permits to property owners only ifthe property owners have complied with the requirements of this directive, dischargeof treated sanitary flows will be accepted.

b. If the municipality enters into an agreement with the State by passing suitablelegislation in which the municipality agrees to issue permits and to assume totalresponsibility for permitting the discharge of untreated or improperly treated sanitaryflows into the State Highway drainage system and to save the State harmless fromlegal action that might develop because of such discharge, then discharge ofuntreated or improperly treated sanitary flows may be accepted, if extenuatingcircumstances exist which would justify such action.

c. If the municipality enters into an agreement with the State by passing suitablelegislation in which the municipality agrees that no sanitary flow shall be permitted tobe discharged into State Highway drainage systems or if the enabling legislation issilent with respect to sanitary flow, then sanitary flow shall not be permitted to enterthe Highway project.

5. No permit shall be issued under these procedures to discharge treated sanitary flows intodrainage systems on Interstate highways unless such denial of access would causeextreme hardship to the applicant or result in excessive cost in acquisition of property.Substitute measures should be considered such as location of the drainage ditch in achannel easement adjacent to the limited access line, or construction of a suitable outfallsewer beyond the limited access line.

6. If, for any reason, the Health Department having jurisdiction fails to cooperate with theDepartment of Highways in implementing the requirements of this directive, no permitshall be issued to allow discharge of sanitary flow into the drainage system of theHighway, whether rural or within a municipality. For the purpose of this directive, failureto cooperate shall be considered to exist if any one of the following can be established:

a. The office of local Health Commissioner has jurisdiction and is vacant or inactive.

Page 193: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

b. The Health Department having jurisdiction refuses to act.

c. The Health Department having jurisdiction refuses to follow the procedures set forthin this Directive.

d. The Health Department having jurisdiction approves an effluent when it is obviousthat it is not reasonably free from odor, color or suspended solids.

PART II

INSTALLATIONS SERVING ONE, TWO OR THREE FAMILY RESIDENCES, ANDCOMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL OR PUBLIC BUILDINGS FROM WHICH THE ESTIMATEDDAILY SANITARY FLOW DOES NOT EXCEED 1500 GALLONS.

(RESPONSIBILITY OF LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENTS).

D. PROCEDURE. FOR A NEW USER (RESPONSIBILITY OF BUREAU OF MAINTENANCE)

1. APPLICATION

a. Application for Permit (Form M&R 505 Rev.) shall be prepared in quadruplicate,completed and signed by the owner. Three copies of the application will beaccompanied by a plan drawn on tracing cloth or tracing paper, or standard plans ofthe Ohio Department of Health, capable of being reproduced, and showing theproposed sewage treatment facility. These papers will be submitted to the Highwayfield division. The applicant will retain one copy of the application for his files. Theproperty owner should be advised that copies of the appropriate Ohio Department ofHealth publication entitled “Plans for Installing Sewage Disposal for the ModernHome”, are available and may be obtained at his County Health Department.

b. Plans for proposed sewage treatment facilities shall:

(1) Show the location and profile of the sewers and sewage treatment facility;

(2) Be accurate, to scale and complete in detail and design data;

(3) Provide for an inspection well, located approximately one foot inside the right-of-way line as shown on the attached inspection well drawing. In instances wherethe treated sanitary flow will be discharged into an open Highway ditch, catchbasin or manhole, the inspection well may be omitted but must be built atapplicant’s expense if and when the open ditch is enclosed later.

(4) Contain a statement, by a Registered Professional Engineer or other qualifiedperson as determined by the local Health Commissioner and retained by theowner, that the soil will not permit leaching as shown by percolation testsprescribed by the Ohio Department of Health and that there is no practical placeto discharge the treated sanitary flow except to the Highway drainage system.

2. REVIEW

Page 194: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

a. The Highway field division shall review the submission and when it has beendetermined that the plan ad application satisfies the policy stated in Sec. B, andmeets the requirements of Sec. D-1 above, two copies of the application and oneprint of the plan reproduced by the Highway field division will be forwarded to thelocal Health Commissioner for action. If private access to a limited access Highwayhas been extinguished or denied and Federal funds have participated in the cost ofbuilding the project then one copy each of plan and application shall be forwarded tothe Bureau of Public Roads for concurrent review. The tracing of the plan and onecopy of the application will be retained in the Highway field division.

b. The local Health Commissioner shall review the plan to determine that leachingwould be ineffective, that no outlet other than the Highway drainage system ispractical for discharging the treated sanitary flow and that the plan indicates a type oftreatment facility which will produce an effluent reasonably free of odor, color andsuspended solids.

3. APPROVAL BY HEALTH COMMISSIONER

a. If the application and plan are approved, the local Health Commissioner will soindicate, date and return the approved application and plan to the HighwayDepartment field division, and retain one copy of the application for his file.

4. DISAPPROVAL BY HEALTH COMMISSIONER

a. If the local Health Commissioner finds that the conditions noted in paragraph D-2-bhave not been met, he will mark the plan disapproved with the date and reasons forhis action, and return the plan and application to the Highway field division.

b. The Highway field division will then notify the applicant of the disapproval. If theapplicant decides to proceed with a new application for permit he shall submit arevised plan and application to the Highway field division which will be processedthrough all required steps as set forth in Sec. D.

5. PERMIT

a. Permits for new users will be issued on Form M & R 509 (Rev.) In six (6) copies anddistributed as follows:

(1) Two copies with two prints and the original reproducible of the approved plan tothe applicant with instructions hat applicant is responsible for notifying the localHealth Commissioner and the Highway Maintenance Superintendent prior tobackfilling any trench or other part of the treatment facility. The applicant mustbe advised that failure to comply with this order will result in revoking the permit.

(2) One copy with one print of the approved plan for the Highway field division files.

(3) One copy with one print of the approved plan to the County MaintenanceSuperintendent or other specifically designated individual who shall see thatconstruction inside Highway right-of-way is in accordance with the approved planand permit.

Page 195: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

(4) One copy with one print of the approved plan to the Engineer of Maintenance,State Highway Department, Columbus, Ohio.

(5) One copy with one print of the approved plan to the local Health Commissioner.

E. PROCEDURE FOR AN EXISTING USER. (RESPONSIBILITY OF BUREAU OF LOCATION& DESIGN)

1. NOTIFICATION

a. When the construction or reconstruction of a highway on new or existing location willrequire removal of any part of a private drain carrying sanitary flow within the scopeof this directive as defined in Sec. C, the owner shall be notified by registered letter,

signed by the Division Engineer or by the Design and Planning Engineer, that hemust obtain written approval of his sewage treatment facility from the local HealthCommissioner if he expects to continue to use the Highway drainage system as anoutlet for private drainage. This letter shall be sent before preliminary right-of-waynegotiations begin.

b. The above letter shall advise that copies of the appropriate Ohio Department ofHealth publication entitled, “Plan for Installing Sewage Disposal for the ModernHome”, are available and may be obtained at his local Health Department. Threecopies of the Standard Agreement form L & D 950 shall be included with theregistered letter with instructions for distributing the forms.

c. A letter, signed by the Division Engineer or by the Design and Planning Engineer,requesting cooperation shall be sent to the local Health Commissioner. The lettershall list the names and addresses of all property owners who have received aregistered letter as noted in Sec. E-1-a above, and one copy of the preliminaryHighway right-of-way plan shall be attached.

d. The property owner shall be given a reasonable time, usually sixty (60) days, toprepare a layout or plan showing location and size of his sewage treatment facilityand the location of the outlet to the Highway drainage system.

(1) The sewage treatment plant layout with dimensions may be shown on the spacedesignated Layout Plan on the Standard Agreement form, on an OhioDepartment of Health standard plan, or on a separate plan. The property ownershall furnish the local Health Commissioner with two completed agreement formsand one plan, if separate, within the time limit stipulated in Sec. E-1-d above. Ifthe instructions furnished the property owner, relative to the required plans for hissewage treatment facility are not clear, he should contact his local HealthCommissioner for advice in preparing on acceptable layout or plan.

(2) The property owner shall arrange at his cost, to have a sample of the effluenttaken by the local Health Commissioner or a qualified public employee forexamination.

2. APPROVAL OF EXISTING SEWAGE TREATMENT FACILITIES BY HEALTHCOMMISSIONER

Page 196: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

a. If the local Health Commissioner finds that the existing sewage treatment facility isadequate and finds by his examination that it produces an effluent reasonably free ofodor, color, and suspended solids he shall indicate his approval and date of approvalon one copy of the Agreement form furnished him by the property owner, and forwardit to the Highway field division.

b. Upon receipt of the approved Agreement form, the Highway field division will issuethe official permit on form M & R 509 (Rev.) In accordance with Sec. D-5.

c. In all cases where permits are issued for an existing user on inspection well shall beprovided by the State approximately one foot inside the right-of-way line as shown onthe attached inspection well drawing. In unusual instances where the treatedsanitary flow will be discharged into an open Highway ditch, catch basin or manhole,the inspection well may be omitted but must be built at applicant’s expense if andwhen the open ditch is enclosed later.

3. DISAPPROVAL OF EXISTING SEWAGE TREATMENT FACILITIES BY HEALTHCOMMISSIONER.

a. If the property owner’s sewage treatment facility does not meet with Department ofHealth requirements for the modern home, the local Health Commissioner shalladvise the Highway field division of his disapproval and he shall then advise theproperty owner that his existing sewage treatment facility does not meet StateDepartment of Health recommendations and that he should build a tile disposal field,not requiring an outlet, unless it can be established as in Sec. B-2 that because ofthe type of soil or other reasons, leaching requirements cannot be met, in which casethe property owner shall build a new system meeting Ohio Department of Healthrequirements for “Sewage Disposal for the Modern Home” or improve his existingfacility to meet the same requirements.

b. If the local Health Commissioner finds that a leaching system will not be effective andthat it will be necessary for the property owner to improve his existing facility or builda new sewage treatment facility if he expects to use the Highway drainage system asan outlet for his sewage treatment facility, procedures shall be followed as set forth inSection D.

c. If the property owner fails to comply with instructions within the 60-day period notedin Sec. E-1-d, the local Health Commissioner will initiate formal action to abate thenuisance. For such cases the Highway contractor will be instructed by letter from theHighway field division not to connect and to plug any private sewer from the propertyof the offender as has been determined by the local Health Commissioner. Theproperty owner will then be considered as a new user and subject to the stipulationsof Section D.

d. Permits for existing users will be issued on Form M & R 509 (Rev.) in six (6) copiesdistributed as outlined in Sec. D-5.

4. SANITARY FLOWS DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION

Page 197: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

The above procedures are to be applied as the required routine by which a permit isgranted to allow continued use of the Highway facility as an outlet for sanitary flow from adischarge line which has been located and shown on the construction plans. If a pipeline discharging sanitary flow, not shown on the plans, is encountered or interceptedduring construction and its continued use requires connection to the Highway drainagesystem, the same procedures shall be followed as set forth for a known installation. If theHighway contractor’s operations can not be suspended during the period allowed theowner for approval or reconstruction of his existing facility, the outfall pipe may betemporarily connected to the Highway drainage system. If at a later date the facility isapproved, an inspection well shall be constructed by the Highway contractor. If thefacility is not approved, it shall be blocked at the property line.

PART III

INSTALLATIONS SERVING FOUR (4) OR MORE DWELLING UNITS, AND COMMERCIAL,INDUSTRIAL OR PUBLIC BUILDINGS FROM WHICH THE ESTIMATED SANITARY FLOWEXCEEDS 1500 GALLONS PER DAY.

(RESPONSIBILITY OF STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT)

F. PROCEDURE FOR A NEW USER. (RESPONSIBILITY OF BUREAU OF MAINTENANCE)

1. PRELIMINARY REVIEW OF SITE BY DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH

a. Prior to the start of construction of a residential building containing four or moredwelling units, or any commercial, industrial, or public building from which theestimated sanitary flow exceeds 1500 gallons per day and to which public sewers arenot available, the owner and his engineer or architect shall visit the site with anengineer from the appropriate Department of Health district office to determine themost desirable, practical and economical location, size and type of sewage treatmentsystem required to serve the facility. It is highly desirable to arrange for a siteinvestigation prior to actual purchase of land if change in ownership is to occur. Insome instances an ample supply of acceptable water may not be available,topography and drainage may not be satisfactory or there may not be an acceptablepoint of discharge for the sewage treatment plant effluent.

Page 198: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

b. Assuming that the Highway drainage system is to be considered as a means ofdisposing of the proposed sewage treatment plant effluent, a representative from theHighway field division office may also be present at the site investigation. If it isdetermined that the Highway drainage system has adequate capacity and is to beused to receive the effluent, the owner may make application for permit as providedin Section F-3 if his business arrangements require a firm commitment prior toproceeding with design of facility and property acquisition. If the permit is issuedprior to date of formal approval of treatment plant plans by the Department of Health,the permit shall include the statement that the effective date of the permit is to beidentical with the date of Department of Health approval of treatment plant plans, andthat one (1) copy of the approved plans shall be forwarded to the Highway DivisionEngineer upon receipt from the Department of Health.

c. Following the site investigation, the Department of Health District Engineer will givethe owner or his agent general recommendations regarding sewage treatment for theproposed installation.

If a Highway drainage facility is involved, a copy of the letter of recommendations willbe directed to the Highway Division Engineer.

2. PLAN PREPARATION

a. The designing engineer or architect shall prepare detail plans in accordance with therecommendations of the Department of Health. Plans must be clearly drawn andcomplete in all detail. For information regarding details which must be shown onplans refer to the Department of Health publication “Water supply, Sewerage andSewage Treatment for Public Buildings”.

b. If a Highway drainage facility is to be used to receive the treatment plant effluent,complete details showing inspection well and its location and method of connectingto the Highway drainage facility, must be included on the plans in addition toinformation required by Section F-2-a.

c. Complete detail plans must be submitted by the owner or his agent to the appropriateDepartment of Health district office in quadruplicate for reviews. If the plans aresatisfactory they will be forwarded in triplicate by the district office to the Departmentof Health central office along with four (4) copies of he District Engineer’s report onthe plan review, for processing and formal approval.

d. After approval by the Department of Health as required by Section 3701.18 RevisedCode, the plans will be stamped “APPROVED” and distributed as follows:

(1) Two copies to the owner (See Section F-3-a)

(2) One copy for the Department of Health Central Office files for microfilming.

e. The letter of formal approval by the Department of Health will be distributed asfollows:

(1) Original to owner

Page 199: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

(2) Copy to designing engineer or architect

(3) Copy to Highway Division Engineer

(4) Copy to local Health Department

(5) Copy to Department of Health district office

(6) Copy to Department of Health central office files.

One of the conditions of approval by the Department of Health will be thatconstruction shall not be started until a valid permit is obtained from the HighwayDepartment on Form M & R 509(Rev.)

f. The report of the Department of Health District Engineer relative to the review of theplans will be distributed as follows:

(1) Original to Department of Health central office files

(2) Copy to owner

(3) Copy to Highway Division Engineer

(4) Copy to Department of Health district office

3. APPLICATION FOR PERMIT FROM HIGHWAY DEPARTMENT

a. Application for permit (Form M & R 505 Rev.) shall be prepared in triplicate,completed and signed by the owner. Two copies of the application, and one copy ofthe plans stamped “APPROVED” by the Department of Health as soon as available(See Section F-2-d-(1)), will be forwarded by the owner to the Highway DivisionEngineer. The owner shall retain one copy for his files.

b. If the effluent is to enter the drainage system of a limited access Highway and privateaccess has been extinguished or denied, and Federal funds have participated in thecost of building the project, one copy each of application, and plan when available,shall be forwarded to the Bureau of Public Roads for concurrent review.

4. PERMIT

a. Permits for new users will be issued on Form M & R 509 (Rev.) in six (6) copies anddistributed as follows:

(1) One copy to the applicant with instructions that applicant is responsible fornotifying the Department of Health district office and the Highway MaintenanceSuperintendent prior to backfilling any trench or other part of the treatment plant.The applicant must be advised that failure to comply with these instructions willresult in revoking the permit.

(2) One copy to Highway division files.

(3) One copy to County Maintenance Superintendent who shall see that constructioninside the Highway right-of-way is in accordance with approved plans and permit.

Page 200: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

(4) One copy to the Engineer of Maintenance, State Highway Department,Columbus, Ohio.

(5) One copy to the Department of Health District Engineer.

(6) One copy to the local Health Department.

G. PROCEDURE FOR AN EXISTING USER. (RESPONSIBILITY OF BUREAU OF LOCATIONAND DESIGN)

1. NOTIFICATION

a. When the construction or reconstruction of a highway on new or existing location willrequire removal of any part of a private drain carrying treated sanitary flow whichserves four or more dwelling units or an installation from which the daily sanitary flowexceeds 1500 gallons per day, the owner shall be notified by registered letter, signedby the Division Engineer or by the Design and Planning Engineer, that he mustobtain written approval of his sewage treatment plant from the Department of HealthDistrict Engineer if he expects to continue to use the Highway drainage system as anoutlet for sanitary drainage. This letter shall be sent before preliminary right-of-waynegotiations begin and shall include three copies of Form L & D 950 with theinstructions for distributing the forms. A copy of the letter shall be sent to theDepartment of Health District Engineer.

b. Upon receipt of notification from the Highway Department, the owner shall notify inwriting the Department of Health District Engineer that the Highway division officerequires written Department of Health approval of the sewage treatment facilityserving his property. This notification shall state the name, location and existingstatus of the building in question. Upon reviewing this notification from the owner, theDepartment of Health District Engineer may request additional information of anengineering nature from the owner such as reports of operation of the sewagetreatment plant, test data, availability of other drainage facilities and original approvalof plans of the sewage treatment plant by the Department of Health.

2. APPROVAL OF EXISTING SEWAGE TREATMENT FACILITIES BY THE OHIODEPARTMENT OF HEALTH

(a) If the Department of Health District Engineer finds after a review of the dataand a field inspection, that the existing sewage treatment facilities are beingmaintained in a satisfactory manner and meet the standards of theDepartment of Health, the District Engineer shall so notify the owner inwriting, in duplicate.

(b) If the Department of Health District Engineer determines that a drain or watercourse, other than the Highway drainage facility, is available to receive thedischarge of the sewage treatment plant effluent, or if the soil will permitleaching, the owner and the Highway Division Engineer shall be notified.The owner will be required to remove the treated discharge from the Highwaydrain ad convey it to the other drain or water course, or to a leaching bed.

3. PERMIT ISSUED BY HIGHWAY DEPARTMENT

Page 201: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

a. Upon receipt of Department of Health notification that the existing sewage treatmentfacilities are adequate and satisfactorily maintained, the owner shall submit to theHighway Division Engineer a copy of the Department of Health District Engineer’sapproval and a completed Agreement Form (L & D 950). The highway division officeshall issue the official permit on Form M & R 509 (Rev.) in accordance with SectionF-4-a.

b. In all cases where permits are issued for an existing user, an inspection well on theeffluent line shall be provided by the State and located approximately one foot insidethe right-of-way line. In unusual instances where the treated sanitary flow dischargesto an open Highway ditch, catch basin or manhole, the inspection well may beomitted but must be built at the owner’s expense if and when the ditch is enclosedlater.

4. DISAPPROVAL OF EXISTING SEWAGE TREATMENT FACILITIES BY THE OHIODEPARTMENT OF HEALTH

a. If the owner has proceeded as outlined in Section G-1-b and the Department ofHealth District Engineer determines that the existing sewage treatment facilities donot meet the Department of Health requirements, the owner shall be required toimprove the existing treatment facilities or construct new facilities to meet Departmentof Health requirements. In this case the property owner shall follow the sameprocedure outlined in Section F.

b. If the owner fails to comply with instructions from the Department of Health and theHighway Department, the Highway contractor will be instructed by letter from theHighway field division (copies to owner and Department of Health District Engineer)not to connect and to plug any private sewer from the property of the owner.

5. SANITARY FLOWS DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION

a. Same as Section E-4.

PART IV - COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT

H. INSPECTION AND CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

1. It shall be the duty of the Highway field division to secure compliance with the terms ofthe permit or agreement during the construction of each new or reconstructed sewagetreatment facility.

a. In case of non-compliance the Highway field division shall immediately notify theapplicant and the Health Department having jurisdiction that the terms of the permitor agreement are not being followed and that unless the sewage treatment facility isconstructed as specified the work will be stopped at the right-of-way line. When it isnecessary to forcibly stop the work at the right-of-way line, the Highway field divisionshall first consult the district office of the State Highway Patrol and the CountyProsecutor having jurisdiction.

Page 202: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix B – Directive 22-A DIRECTIVE NO. 22-A April 12, 1965

b. The Health Department having jurisdiction should inspect the sewage treatmentfacilities during their construction and after their completion to insure that they havebeen properly constructed according to the approved plans, and should report hisfindings to the Highway field division in writing.

2. Existing improper sanitary discharge to the Highway drainage system may result innuisances which may be detected during routine maintenance or through field surveysmade prior to road improvement.

a. After an improper sanitary discharge to the Highway drainage system has beendetected, the local Health Commissioner shall be notified in writing by the DivisionMaintenance Engineer of the nuisance condition, with a copy of the letter to theproperty owner, requesting the local Health Commissioner to initiate formal action forabatement of the nuisance. A copy of the action taken by the local HealthCommissioner shall be forwarded to the Division Maintenance Engineer andDepartment of Health District Engineer if sanitary flow is from four or more dwellingunits or exceeds 1500 gallons per day.

b. If the nuisance has not been abated within 30 days after the local HealthCommissioner’s order, the Division Maintenance Engineer shall advise the propertyowner in writing, copy to the local Health Commissioner, that the HighwayDepartment will block the flow from the private drain within 30 days from the date ofthe letter unless the property owner has corrected the nuisance within the timeallowed.

P. E. MASHETER Director

PEM:a1Attachments (4)

Page 203: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

The Sample plan notes included in this Appendix are the most frequently used. Each note is accompanied by a “Designer Note” in an attempt to give some guidance as to when the note should be used and how to estimate quantities for some of the items where the methods for quantity calculations are not obvious. The following note categories are included:

Category

Letter Prefix

Drainage Notes D Erosion Control Notes E Water Quality Notes W

Page 204: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

Page 205: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

DRAINAGE (D) ,EROSION CONTROL (E), & WATER QUALITY (W)

NUMBER NAME

D101 Item 604 - Catch Basin Grate

D102 Note Deleted (January 2002)

D103 Item Special - Fill and Plug Existing Conduit

D104 Crossings and Connections to Existing Pipes and Utilities

D105 Pipe Connections to Corrugated Metal Structures

D106 Item 603 - Tunnel Liner Plate Structure

D107 Farm Drains D108 Item 605 - Aggregate Drains

D109 Spring Drains

D110 Untreated Septic Connections

D111 Treated Septic Connections

D112 Item 603 - Conduit Bored and Jacked

D113 Item 603 - Conduit Under Railroad

D114 Review of Drainage Facilities

D115 Residential And Commercial Drainage Connections

D116 Unrecorded Sanitary Connections

D117 Manholes, Catch Basins and Inlets Removed or Abandoned

D118 Sanitary Work

D119 Item Special - Miscellaneous Metal

D120 Item 603 - Slotted Drain: _____ “ [mm], Type ___

D121 Item Special - Pipe Cleanout

E101 Seeding and Mulching

E102 Sodding

W99 Post Construction Storm Water Treatment

W100 Deleted

W101 Bioretention Cell(s)

W102 Infiltration Trench (or Basin)

W103 Manufactured Water Quality Structure

Page 206: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or
Page 207: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

D101 ITEM 604 - CATCH BASIN GRATE

EXISTING CATCH BASINS SHALL BE MODIFIED BY REPLACING THE EXISTING GRATES WITH BICYCLE SAFE GRATES. QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS ARE SHOWN IN THE PLANS AND SHALL BE PAID FOR AT THE CONTRACT PRICE FOR ITEM 604, EACH, CATCH BASIN GRATE, TYPE . Designer Note: The above note should be used on projects where existing catch basin grates are not bicycle safe. The size and type of grate to be supplied must be indicated. There may be more than one type and size on a project. If specific locations are not shown in the plan, or additional grates are to be included on a contingency basis, the following should either replace the second sentence in the note or be added to the note: THE FOLLOWING ESTIMATED QUANTITIES HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN THE GENERAL SUMMARY FOR USE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER FOR REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING CATCH BASIN GRATES WITH BICYCLE SAFE GRATES: 604, CATCH BASIN GRATE, TYPE , EACH

D103 ITEM SPECIAL - FILL AND PLUG EXISTING CONDUIT THIS ITEM SHALL CONSIST OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF BULKHEADS IN AN EXISTING CONDUIT AND FILLING THE AREA THUS SEALED OFF WITH LEAN GROUT, ITEM 613, SAND OR OTHER MATERIAL APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. BULKHEADS SHALL BE LOCATED AT THE LIMITS OF THE AREA TO BE FILLED AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. THE BULKHEADS SHALL CONSIST OF BRICK OR CONCRETE MASONRY WITH A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 12 INCHES [ 300 MILLIMETERS]. THE FILL MATERIAL SHALL BE PUMPED INTO PLACE, OR PLACED BY OTHER MEANS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER, SO THAT, AFTER SETTLEMENT, AT LEAST 90 PERCENT OF THE CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF THE CONDUIT, FOR ITS ENTIRE LENGTH, SHALL BE FILLED. THE LENGTH OF FILLED AND PLUGGED CONDUIT TO BE PAID FOR SHALL BE THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF FEET [METERS] (MEASURED ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF EACH CONDUIT FROM OUTER FACE TO OUTER FACE OF BULKHEADS) FILLED AND PLUGGED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. IN LIEU OF FILLING AND PLUGGING THE EXISTING CONDUIT, THE PIPE MAY BE CRUSHED AND BACKFILLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF 203, OR IT MAY BE REMOVED. THE LENGTH, MEASURED AS PROVIDED ABOVE, SHALL BE PAID FOR AT THE CONTRACT PRICE PER FOOT [METER] FOR, ITEM SPECIAL, FILL AND PLUG EXISTING CONDUIT. Designer Note: The above note should be used when it is desired to abandon an existing conduit by filling and plugging rather than more conventional methods. If the conduit is in shallow fill, the designer may delete the crush and backfill option specified in the fourth paragraph.

Page 208: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

D104 CROSSINGS AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPES AND UTILITIES WHERE PLANS PROVIDE FOR A PROPOSED CONDUIT TO BE CONNECTED TO, OR CROSS OVER OR UNDER AN EXISTING SEWER OR UNDERGROUND UTILITY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE THE EXISTING PIPES OR UTILITIES BOTH AS TO LINE AND GRADE BEFORE STARTING TO LAY THE PROPOSED CONDUIT. IF IT IS DETERMINED THAT THE ELEVATION OF THE EXISTING CONDUIT, OR EXISTING APPURTENANCE TO BE CONNECTED, DIFFERS FROM THE PLAN ELEVATION OR RESULTS IN A CHANGE IN THE PLAN CONDUIT SLOPE, THE ENGINEER SHALL BE NOTIFIED BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION OF ANY PORTION OF THE PROPOSED CONDUIT WHICH WILL BE AFFECTED BY THE VARIANCE IN THE EXISTING ELEVATIONS. IF IT IS DETERMINED THAT THE PROPOSED CONDUIT WILL INTERSECT AN EXISTING SEWER OR UNDERGROUND UTILITY IF CONSTRUCTED AS SHOWN ON THE PLAN, THE ENGINEER SHALL BE NOTIFIED BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION OF ANY PORTION OF THE PROPOSED CONDUIT WHICH WOULD BE AFFECTED BY THE INTERFERENCE WITH AN EXISTING FACILITY. PAYMENT FOR ALL THE OPERATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT PRICE FOR THE PERTINENT 603 CONDUIT ITEM. Designer Note: The above note is to be used when the designer is unsure of the exact location of a conduit that will require an extension or where the potential for interference between proposed and existing conduits exists.

D105

PIPE CONNECTIONS TO CORRUGATED METAL STRUCTURES CONNECTIONS OF PROPOSED LONGITUDINAL DRAINAGE TO CORRUGATED METAL STRUCTURES SHALL BE MADE BY MEANS OF A SHOP FABRICATED OR FIELD WELDED STUB ON THE STRUCTURE. THE STUB SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF 707 AND HAVE A MINIMUM LENGTH OF 2 FEET [0.6 METERS] AND A MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS OF 0.064 INCHES [1.63 MILLIMETERS]. THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF THE STUB ARE TO BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE AND MAY BE ADJUSTED BY THE ENGINEER TO AVOID CUTTING THROUGH JOINTS IN THE STRUCTURE. THE FIELD WELDED JOINT, IF USED, SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND REGALVANIZED OR OTHERWISE SUITABLY REPAIRED. WELDING SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF 513.21. A MASONRY COLLAR, AS PER STANDARD DRAWING DM-1.1, WILL BE REQUIRED TO CONNECT THE LONGITUDINAL DRAINAGE TO THE STUB, WHEN PIPE OTHER THAN CORRUGATED METAL IS PROVIDED FOR THE LONGITUDINAL DRAINAGE. PAYMENT FOR CUTTING INTO THE STRUCTURE AND PROVIDING THE CONNECTION DESCRIBED, SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT PRICE FOR ITEM 603 OR 522. Designer Note: Use the above note on all projects where connections are proposed to existing corrugated metal conduits.

Page 209: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

D106 ITEM 603 - TUNNEL LINER PLATE STRUCTURE IN LIEU OF THE PROVISIONS OF 603.02, MATERIAL FURNISHED FOR THE LINER PLATE STRUCTURE SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY: AMERICAN COMMERCIAL, INC.; COMMERCIAL INTERTECH, CORP.; CONTECH CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, INC.; OR AN APPROVED EQUAL. BASE METAL COMPOSITION, DEPTH AND SPAN OF THE CORRUGATIONS, AND SIZE AND SPACING OF BOLTS AND BOLT HOLES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DETAILS OF THE MANUFACTURER. INSTALLATION OF THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS. THE PLATE THICKNESS AND SECTION MODULUS OF THE MATERIAL FURNISHED SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THAT INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURE DETAILS. GALVANIZING, IF SPECIFIED, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 707.03 AND SHALL BE DONE AFTER CORRUGATING, FORMING, AND PUNCHING THE PLATES AND BOLT HOLES. GRANULAR BEDDING WILL NOT BE REQUIRED. THE COMPLETED STRUCTURE SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF 707. BITUMINOUS COATING, IF SPECIFIED, SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF 707.05. Designer Note: If the space between the tunnel excavation and the tunnel liner plate is to be filled with grout, the composition of the grout and spacing of the grout couplings should be shown.

D107

FARM DRAINS ALL FARM DRAINS, WHICH ARE ENCOUNTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH UNOBSTRUCTED OUTLETS. EXISTING COLLECTORS WHICH ARE LOCATED BELOW THE ROADWAY DITCH ELEVATIONS, AND WHICH CROSS THE ROADWAY, SHALL BE REPLACED WITHIN THE (RIGHT OF WAY)( CONSTRUCTION) LIMITS BY ITEM 603 CONDUIT, TYPE B, ONE COMMERCIAL SIZE LARGER THAN THE EXISTING CONDUIT. EXISTING COLLECTORS AND ISOLATED FARM DRAINS, WHICH ARE ENCOUNTERED ABOVE THE ELEVATION OF ROADWAY DITCHES, SHALL BE OUTLETTED INTO THE ROADWAY DITCH BY 603 TYPE F CONDUIT. THE OPTIMUM OUTLET ELEVATION SHALL BE ONE FOOT [300 MILLIMETERS] ABOVE THE FLOWLINE ELEVATION OF THE DITCH. LATERAL FIELD TILES WHICH CROSS THE ROADWAY SHALL BE INTERCEPTED BY 603, TYPE E CONDUIT, AND CARRIED IN A LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION TO AN ADEQUATE OUTLET OR ROADWAY CROSSING. THE LOCATION, TYPE, SIZE AND GRADE OF REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER AND PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE ON FINAL MEASUREMENTS. EROSION CONTROL PADS AND ANIMAL GUARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE OUTLET END OF ALL FARM DRAINS AS PER STANDARD CONSTRUCTION DRAWING DM-1.1, EXCEPT WHEN THEY OUTLET INTO A DRAINAGE STRUCTURE. PAYMENT FOR THE EROSION CONTROL PADS AND ANIMAL GUARDS AND ANY NECESSARY BENDS OR BRANCHES SHALL BE INCLUDED FOR PAYMENT IN THE PERTINENT CONDUIT ITEMS. THE FOLLOWING ESTIMATED QUANTITIES HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN THE GENERAL SUMMARY FOR THE WORK NOTED ABOVE:

Page 210: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

603 “ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE B ________ FT. [METER] 603 “ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE E ________ FT. [METER] 603 “ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE F ________ FT. [METER] 601 ROCK CHANNEL PROTECTION TYPE C WITH FILTER ________ CU. YD. [CU. METER] Designer Note: The above note is to be used where excavation may conflict with existing farm drains. Use of a lateral field interceptor tile located on a temporary easement outside the limited access right of way may be appropriate on limited access facilities.

D108 ITEM 605 - AGGREGATE DRAINS AGGREGATE DRAINS SHALL BE PLACED AT 50 FOOT [10 METER] INTERVALS ON EACH SIDE OF NORMAL CROWNED SECTIONS, STAGGERED SO THAT EACH DRAIN IS 25 FEET [5 METERS] FROM THE ADJACENT DRAIN ON THE OPPOSITE SIDE, AND AT 25 FOOT [5 METER] INTERVALS ON THE LOW SIDE ONLY OF SUPERELEVATED SECTIONS. AN AGGREGATE DRAIN SHALL BE PLACED AT THE LOW POINT OF EACH SAG VERTICAL CURVE. Designer Note: This note should be used on long projects with aggregate drains. On short projects, such as bridge replacements, the station and side for aggregate drain placement should be specified in the plans.

D109 SPRING DRAINS THE FOLLOWING ESTIMATED QUANTITIES HAVE BEEN CARRIED TO THE GENERAL SUMMARY FOR USE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER FOR DRAINING ANY SPRINGS SHOWN IN THE PLAN OR ENCOUNTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF PIPES MAY BE USED: 707.33, 707.41, 707.42 or 707.45 PERFORATED PER 707.31. SPRING DRAINS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS SHOWN ON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION DRAWING DM-1.1 AND PAID FOR AT THE CONTRACT PRICE FOR: 605, 6" [150 mm] UNCLASSIFIED PIPE UNDERDRAINS FOR SPRINGS ________ FT. [METER] 605, AGGREGATE DRAINS FOR SPRINGS ________ FT. [METER] 604, PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE OUTLET ________ EACH Designer Note: This note should be used only where springs are present in the project area and/or the project area is known to have spring activity. In addition to quantities required to drain springs located by field work, estimated contingency quantities should be included for draining springs encountered during construction.

Page 211: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

D110

UNTREATED SEPTIC CONNECTIONS THIS PLAN MAKES NO PROVISION FOR CONNECTING, NOR SHALL THE ENGINEER OR CONTRACTOR CONNECT, ANY UNTREATED SEPTIC DRAINAGE INTO THE HIGHWAY DRAINAGE SYSTEM. ANY PIPE CARRYING UNTREATED SEPTIC FLOW SHALL BE PLUGGED WITH CLASS C CONCRETE AT THE RIGHT OF WAY LINE. PAYMENT FOR PLUGGING SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT PRICE FOR THE PERTINENT 202 OR 203 ITEM. Designer Note: This note shall be used on all state maintained projects where existing sanitary sewers are available to property owners, and may be used on off-system projects under local control where the local authority requests, in writing, that this restriction apply.

D111 TREATED SEPTIC CONNECTIONS TREATED SEPTIC FLOW MAY BE DISCHARGED INTO THE HIGHWAY DRAINAGE SYSTEM PROVIDED THE OWNER HAS ACQUIRED AN OFFICIAL PERMIT FROM THE (OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION) (COUNTY) (OR) (LOCAL AUTHORITY). IN EACH CASE WHERE A PERMIT HAS BEEN ISSUED FOR MAKING A TREATED SEPTIC CONNECTION INTO A HIGHWAY DRAINAGE CONDUIT, AN INSPECTION WELL SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION DRAWING DM-3.1. THE FOLLOWING ESTIMATED QUANTITIES HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN THE GENERAL SUMMARY FOR USE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER IN MAKING THE ABOVE CONNECTIONS: 603, ______ “ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE C ________ FT. [METER] 604, INSPECTION WELL ________ EACH Designer Note: This note is to be used on all projects on the State system (with the exception of Interstate highways) where sanitary sewers are not available and on-site treatment systems are used. The note should be modified for projects within City corporation limits or on County highways where the local authority elects to issue a permit for making the connection. No inspection well is required if the effluent is discharged into an open ditch, channel, catch basin or manhole.

D112 ITEM 603 - CONDUIT BORED OR JACKED WHERE IT IS SPECIFIED THAT A CONDUIT BE INSTALLED BY THE METHOD OF BORING OR JACKING, NO TRENCH EXCAVATION SHALL BE CLOSER THAN _____ FEET [METERS] TO THE (EDGE OF PAVEMENT) (NEAREST RAIL). PROVIDE A 0.50 INCH (12.7 MM) UNGALVANIZED CASING PIPE CONFORMING TO 748.06 THAT HAS JOINTS WITH A CIRCUMFERENCIAL FULLY PENETRATING B-U4B WELD THAT IS PERFORMED BY AN ODOT APPROVED FIELD WELDER. Designer Note: The pay item in the General Summary shall read, 603 Conduit, Bored or Jacked, “ [mm], Type , Ft. [meters]. Where a conduit is installed by this method under a railroad, the designer should coordinate with the Rail Company to determine the allowable distance from the nearest rail and add note D113 to the plans. Specify a concrete masonry collar between the casing pipe and adjacent conduit material if the casing pipe is used as the final carrier pipe.

Page 212: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

D113 ITEM 603 – CONDUIT UNDER RAILROAD THE STATE SHALL PAY TO THE RAIL COMPANY ALL COSTS FOR WATCHMEN OR FLAGGERS DEEMED NECESSARY BY THE RAIL COMPANY, OR OCCASIONED BY THE OPERATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR, OR ANY SUB-CONTRACTOR, IN CARRYING FORWARD THE INSTALLATION OF PIPE OR CONDUIT UNDER THE RAILROAD PER THE PLAN. THE COSTS FOR WATCHMEN OR FLAGGERS REQUIRED BY AN ALTERNATE METHOD OF INSTALLATION SHALL BE PAID TO THE RAIL COMPANY BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE COSTS FOR WATCHMEN OR FLAGGERS OCCASIONED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR, OR ANY SUB-CONTRACTOR, IN CONNECTION WITH THE INSTALLATION OF THE PIPE OR CONDUIT SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. TRACK SUPPORTS REQUIRED BY THE RAIL COMPANY IN CONNECTION WITH THE INSTALLATION OF THE PIPE OR CONDUIT PER THE PLAN SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE COMPANY FORCE ACCOUNT WORK AND PAID BY THE STATE. THE COST OF ANY TRACK SUPPORTS REQUIRED BY AN ALTERNATE METHOD OF INSTALLATION OF THE PIPE OR CONDUIT SHALL BE SHALL BE PAID TO THE RAIL COMPANY BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE APPROVAL OF HIS OPERATIONS FROM THE STATE AND THE RAIL COMPANY. THE RAIL COMPANY WILL PERFORM AN ENGINEERING REVIEW OF METHODS OF OPERATIONS AND ENGINEERING SUPERVISION OF CONSTRUCITON WITHOUT COST TO THE CONTRACTOR. PRIOR TO BIDDING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE RAIL COMPANY TO AGREE UPON THE REQUIREMENTS OF WATCHMEN AND FLAGGERS TO PROTECT RAILROAD TRAFFIC DURING THE CONTRACTOR’S OPERATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXECUTE A BOND IN FAVOR OF BOTH THE STATE AND THE COMPANY AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 5525.16 OF THE REVISED CODE OF OHIO. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CO-OPERATE WITH THE RAILROAD OFFICIALS CONCERNING WORK ADJACENT TO RAILROAD TRACKS, IN ORDER TO AVOID DELAY TO, OR INTERFERENCE WITH RAILROAD TRAFFIC, AND SHALL NOTIFY THE COMPANY ______ HOURS IN ADVANCE OF CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. Designer Note: Provide this note when placing pipe culverts, sewers, or water lines under railroads. Through coordination with the railroad complete the ____hours that the railroad would like to be notified by.

D114

REVIEW OF DRAINAGE FACILITIES BEFORE ANY WORK IS STARTED ON THE PROJECT AND AGAIN BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE STATE, REPRESENTATIVES OF THE STATE AND THE CONTRACTOR, ALONG WITH LOCAL REPRESENTATIVES, SHALL MAKE AN INSPECTION OF ALL EXISTING SEWERS WHICH ARE TO REMAIN IN SERVICE AND WHICH MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE WORK. THE CONDITION OF THE EXISTING CONDUITS AND THEIR APPURTENANCE SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM FIELD OBSERVATIONS. RECORDS OF THE INSPECTION SHALL BE KEPT IN WRITING BY THE STATE. ALL NEW CONDUITS, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND MANHOLES CONSTRUCTED AS A PART OF THE PROJECT SHALL BE FREE OF ALL FOREIGN MATTER AND IN A CLEAN CONDITION BEFORE THE PROJECT WILL BE ACCEPTED BY THE STATE.

Page 213: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

ALL EXISTING SEWERS INSPECTED INITIALLY BY THE ABOVE MENTIONED PARTIES SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND LEFT IN A CONDITION REASONABLY COMPARABLE TO THAT DETERMINED BY THE ORIGINAL INSPECTION. ANY CHANGE IN THE CONDITION RESULTING FROM THE CONTRACTOR’S OPERATIONS SHALL BE CORRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. PAYMENT FOR ALL OPERATIONS DESCRIBED ABOVE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT PRICE FOR THE PERTINENT 603 CONDUIT ITEMS. Designer Note: This note is to be used on projects where existing drainage facilities are to remain in service.

D115

RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL DRAINAGE CONNECTIONS EXISTING ROOF DRAINS, FOOTER DRAINS, OR YARD DRAINS, DISTURBED BY THE WORK, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH UNOBSTRUCTED OUTLETS BY CONNECTING A CONDUIT THROUGH THE CURB OR INTO A DRAINAGE STRUCTURE. THE LOCATION, TYPE, SIZE AND GRADE OF THE NEW CONDUIT REQUIRED TO REPLACE OR EXTEND THE EXISTING DRAIN WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER. THE FOLLOWING CONDUIT TYPES MAY BE USED: 707.33, 707.41 NON-PERFORATED, 707.42, 707.43, 707.45, 707.46, 707.47, 707.51, 707.52 SDR35. THE FOLLOWING ESTIMATED QUANTITIES HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN THE GENERAL SUMMARY FOR USE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER FOR THE WORK NOTED ABOVE: 603, ______ “ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE B, FOR DRAINAGE CONNECTION ________ FT. [METER] 603, ______ “ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE C, FOR DRAINAGE CONNECTION ________ FT. [METER] 603, ______ “ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE E, FOR DRAINAGE CONNECTION ________ FT. [METER] 603, ______“ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE F, FOR DRAINAGE CONNECTION ________ FT. [METER] Designer Note: This note is to be used only if there is a possibility that during construction there may be a need for additional residential and commercial connections. The designer shall make a complete investigation for the presence of existing residential and commercial drainage connections and quantities should be listed at the specific locations on the Plan & Profile sheets.

D116 UNRECORDED SANITARY CONNECTIONS ANY UNRECORDED ACTIVE CONNECTION TO A SANITARY SEWER ENCOUNTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO THE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER.

Page 214: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

THE FOLLOWING CONDUIT TYPES MAY BE USED: 707.42, 707.43, 707.44, 707.45, 707.46, 707.47, 707.51, 707.52 SDR35, 706.01, 706.02, OR 706.08 WITH JOINTS AS PER 706.11 OR 706.12. THE FOLLOWING ESTIMATED QUANTITIES HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN THE GENERAL SUMMARY FOR USE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER FOR THE WORK NOTED ABOVE: 603, ______ “ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE B, FOR SANITARY ______ FT. [METER] 603, ______ “ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE C, FOR SANITARY ______ FT. [METER] Designer Note: This note should be used in conjunction with note D110, Untreated Septic Connections, when there is a possibility that during construction there may be a need for additional sanitary connections. The Designer shall make a complete investigation for the presence of existing sanitary connections. Quantities should be listed at the specific locations on the Plan & Profile sheets.

D117 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS AND INLETS REMOVED OR ABANDONED ALL CASTINGS SHALL BE CAREFULLY REMOVED AND STORED WITHIN THE RIGHT OF WAY FOR SALVAGE BY (STATE) (CITY) (VILLAGE) (COUNTY) FORCES. PAYMENT FOR ALL OF THE ABOVE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT PRICE FOR THE PERTINENT 202 ITEM. Designer Note: This note shall only be used where it has been determined that the owner desires to retain the existing castings.

D118

SANITARY WORK THE FOLLOWING CONDUIT TYPES MAY BE USED: 707.42, 707.43, 707.44, 707.45, 707.46, 707.47, 707.51, 707.52 SDR35, 706.01, 706.02 OR 706.08 WITH JOINTS AS PER 706.11 OR 706.12. THE PAY ITEM MEASURED PER FT. [METER] SHALL BE: 603, ______ “ [mm] CONDUIT, TYPE , FOR SANITARY Designer Note: This note is to be used whenever sanitary lines are specified in the plans.

D119 ITEM SPECIAL- MISCELLANEOUS METAL EXISTING CASTINGS MAY PROVE TO BE UNSUITABLE FOR REUSE, AS DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE THE CASTINGS OF THE REQUIRED TYPE, SIZE AND STRENGTH (HEAVY OR LIGHT DUTY) FOR THE PARTICULAR STRUCTURE IN QUESTION. ALL MATERIAL SHALL MEET ITEM 604 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL HAVE THE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER.

Page 215: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

THE FOLLOWING ESTIMATED QUANTITY HAS BEEN CARRIED TO THE GENERAL SUMMARY FOR USE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. SPECIAL, MISCELLANEOUS METAL _____ POUNDS [KILOGRAMS] THE CONTRACTOR IS CAUTIONED TO USE EXTREME CARE IN THE REMOVAL, STORAGE AND REPLACEMENT OF ALL EXISTING CASTINGS. CASTINGS DAMAGED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE CONTRACTOR, AS DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER, SHALL BE REPLACED WITH THE PROPER NEW CASTINGS AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. Designer Note: Use this note if existing castings are to be reused and which may be unsuitable.

D120 ITEM 603 - SLOTTED DRAIN: ( )” [mm], TYPE ( ) THIS ITEM SHALL CONSIST OF ____ INCH [MILLIMETER] DIAMETER SLOTTED DRAIN BITUMINOUS COATED STEEL CONDUIT 707.05 (14 GAUGE) WITH 6 INCH BY 3/16 INCH [150 mm BY 4.7 mm] GALVANIZED SOLID BAR GRATE AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ALL COSTS FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS, INCLUDING TYPE 2 BEDDING, AND BACKFILLING AS DETAILED ON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION DRAWING DM-1.3 SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE PRICE BID PER FOOT [METER] FOR ITEM 603 - SLOTTED DRAIN: ____ INCH [MILLIMETER], TYPE ____ . Designer Note: This plan note should be used in conjunction with Standard Construction Drawing DM-1.3.

D121

ITEM SPECIAL - PIPE CLEANOUT THIS WORK SHALL CONSIST OF REMOVING SEDIMENT AND DEBRIS FROM THE EXISTING DRAINAGE CONDUITS SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS. ALL MATERIAL REMOVED SHALL BE DISPOSED OF AS PER 105.16 AND 105.17. ALL SEWERS SHALL BE CLEANED OUT TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. CLEANOUT OF THE PIPE SHALL BE PAID FOR AT THE UNIT PRICE BID FOR ITEM SPECIAL - PIPE CLEANOUT. THIS PRICE SHALL INCLUDE THE COST FOR MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, LABOR, AND ALL INCIDENTALS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE CLEANOUT. THE FOLLOWING ESTIMATED QUANTITIES HAVE BEEN INCLUDED IN THE GENERAL SUMMARY FOR THE ABOVE NOTED WORK: SPECIAL, PIPE CLEANOUT ________ FT. [METER] Designer Note: This item may not be eligible for federal participation.

E101

SEEDING AND MULCHING THE FOLLOWING QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED TO PROMOTE GROWTH AND CARE OF PERMANENT SEEDED AREAS:

Page 216: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

659, SOIL ANALYSIS TEST ____ EACH 659, TOPSOIL ____ CU. YD. (CU. METER) 659, SEEDING AND MULCHING ____ SQ. YD. (SQ. METER) 659, REPAIR SEEDING AND MULCHING ____ SQ. YD. (SQ. METER) 659, INTER-SEEDING ____ SQ. YD. (SQ. METER) 659, COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER ____ TON (KILOGRAM) 659, LIME ____ ACRES (HECTARES) 659, WATER ____ M. GAL. (CU. METER) 659, MOWING ____ M. SQ. FT. (SQ. METER) SEEDING AND MULCHING SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL AREAS OF EXPOSED SOIL BETWEEN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY LINES, AND WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION LIMITS FOR AREAS OUTSIDE THE RIGHT-OF-WAY LINES COVERED BY WORK AGREEMENT OR SLOPE EASEMENT. QUANTITY CALCULATIONS FOR SEEDING AND MULCHING ARE BASED ON THESE LIMITS. Designer Note: The above quantities should be used on all projects that require grading work. The following is a basic guideline for estimating quantities for the above items. These quantities may be omitted from the note if they are itemized elsewhere in the plan. Calculations for all items should be shown in the plans. 659, Soil Analysis Test (Each) Soil Analysis Tests are used to field adjust the rate of Lime based on soil conditions. A. Soil Analysis Test is not specified.

1. The standard rate for Lime will be used without adjustment.

B. Soil Analysis Test is specified. If specified, minimum of two tests.

1. If no Topsoil to be placed - One test per 10 Acres (one test per 48400 Sq. Yd.)[one test per 40000 Sq. Meters] of permanent seeded area and sodded area.

2. If placing Topsoil - One test per 10000 Cu. Yds. [7600 Cu. Meters] of Topsoil.

659, Topsoil (Cu. Yd.)[Cu. Meter] 111 Cu. Yds. per 1000 Sq. Yd. [0.10 Cu. Meter per Sq. Meter] of permanent seeded area. Topsoil is optional. However, it is recommended, especially for projects involving A4 silty materials, granular embankment or granular materials due to severe erosion problems.

659, Seeding and Mulching (Sq. Yd.)[Sq. Meter]

This quantity is usually calculated by the end width method using the cross sections. On short projects, seeding quantities may be determined by other methods. For example, the area for seeding may be estimated by calculating an area per Plan & Profile sheet determined by multiplying an average width (based on construction limits or right-of -way lines) by the distance on each sheet, and then deducting for paved surface areas. A deduction should be taken for 660 and 670 items. 659, Repair Seeding and Mulching (Sq. Yd.) [Sq. Meter] 5 % of the permanent seeding and mulching area. 659, Inter-seeding (Sq. Yd.)[Sq. Meter]

Page 217: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

5% of the permanent seeding and mulching area.

659, Commercial Fertilizer (Ton)[Kilogram]

30 pounds per 1000 Sq. Ft. ( one Ton per 7410 Sq. Yd.)[0.15 Kg/Sq. Meter] of permanent seeded area. This rate includes 20 pounds per 1000 Sq. Ft. [0.10 kg per Sq. Meter] for the first application and 10 pounds per 1000 Sq. Ft. [0.05 kg per Sq. meter] for the second application. If Inter-seeding is provided, use an additional 20 pounds per 1000 Sq. Ft. of commercial fertilizer for the Inter-seeding area. 659 Lime (Acre)[Hectare] Apply over permanent seeded area. 659, Water (M. Gal.)[Cu. Meter] Two applications each at 300 Gallons per 1000 Sq. Ft. (0.0027 M Gallons per Sq. Yd.) [12.2 Cu. Meters per 1000 Sq. Meters] of permanent seeded area. The above rate is for a single application. If Inter-seeding is provided, use an additional 300 Gallons per 1000 Sq. Ft. of water for the Inter-seeded area. 659, Mowing (M. Sq. Ft.)[Sq. Meter]

25 % of the permanent seeded area for projects expected to last more than one construction season.

E102

SODDING THE FOLLOWING QUANTITIES ARE PROVIDED TO PROMOTE GROWTH AND CARE OF PERMANENT SODDED AREAS. SODDING (CONT.) 659, SOIL ANALYSIS TEST ____ EACH 659, TOPSOIL ____ CU. YD. (CU. METER) 659, COMMERCIAL FERTILIZER ____ TON (KILOGRAM) 659, LIME ____ ACRE (HECTARE) 659, WATER ____ M. GAL. (CU. METER) 660, SODDING, UNSTAKED, STAKED, REINFORCED ____ SQ. YD. (SQ. METER) Designer Note: The above quantities should be used on all projects that have pay item(s) for permanent sodding. The following is a basic guideline for estimating quantities for the above items. These quantities may be omitted from the note if they are itemized elsewhere in the plan. Calculations for all items should be shown in the plans. 659, Soil Analysis Test (Each) Soil Analysis Tests are used to field adjust the rate of Lime based on soil conditions. C. Soil Analysis Test is not specified.

1. The standard rate for Lime will be used without adjustment.

Page 218: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

D. Soil Analysis Test is specified. If specified, minimum of two tests.

1. If no Topsoil to be placed - One test per 10 Acres (one test per 48400 Sq. Yd.)[one test per 40000 Sq. Meters] of permanent sodded area.

2. If placing Topsoil - One test per 10000 Cu. Yds. [7600 Cu. Meters] of Topsoil.

659, Topsoil (Cu. Yd.)[Cu. Meter] 111 Cu. Yds. per 1000 Sq. Yd. [0.10 Cu. Meter per Sq. Meter] of permanent sodded area. Topsoil is optional. However, it is recommended, especially for projects involving A4 silty materials, granular embankment or granular materials due to severe erosion problems. 659, Commercial Fertilizer (Ton)[Kilogram] 30 pounds per 1000 Sq. Ft. ( one Ton per 7410 Sq. Yd.)[0.15 Kg/Sq. Meter] of permanent sodded area. This rate includes 20 pounds per 1000 Sq. Ft. [0.10 kg per Sq. Meter] for the first application and 10 pounds per 1000 Sq. Ft. [0.05 kg per Sq. meter] for the second application. 659, Lime (Acre)[Hectare] Apply over permanent sodded area. 659, Water (M. Gal.)[Cu. Meter] 1 application every 7 days for an additional 2 months beyond the requirements of 660.09. The rate shall be 300 gallons per 1000 Sq. Ft. (0.0027 M. Gallons per Sq. Yd.) [12.2 Cu. Meters per 1000 Sq. Meters] of permanent sodded area. 660, Sodding (Sq. Yd.)[Sq. Meter] This is the actual number of Sq. Yds. [Sq. Meters] of permanent sodded area.

Page 219: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

W99 POST CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER TREATMENT THIS PLAN UTILIZES STRUCTURAL BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMP’S) FOR POST CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER TREATMENT. Designer Note: This plan note shall be used on all projects that have post construction storm water management BMP’s. The note shall be followed by the below notes if applicable.

W101 BIORETENTION CELL(S)

CONSTRUCT THE BIORETENTION CELL(S) AFTER ALL CONTRIBUTING DRAINAGE AREAS ARE STABILIZED AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT PLANS AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. DO NOT USE THE COMPLETED BIORETENTION CELL(S) AS TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL FACILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT OPERATE HEAVY EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE PERIMETER OF A BIORETENTION FACILITY DURING EXCAVATION, UNDERDRAIN PLACEMENT, BACKFILLING, PLANTING, OR MULCHING OF THE FACILITY. USE ALL SUITABLE EXCAVATED MATERIAL IN THE WORK. ALTERNATIVELY, LEGALLY USE, RECYCLE, OR DISPOSE OF ALL EXCAVATED MATERIALS ACCORDING TO 105.16 AND 105.17. EXCAVATE THE BIORETENTION CELL(S) TO THE DIMENSIONS, SIDE SLOPES, AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT PLANS. MINIMIZE THE COMPACTION OF THE BOTTOM OF THE BIORETENTION FACILITY BY THE METHOD OF EXCAVATION. EMBANKMENT WILL BE MEASURED AND PAID AS ITEM 203, EMBANKMENT, USING NATURAL SOIL, 703.16.A. THE BIORETENTION SOIL SHALL BE A UNIFORM MIX THAT IS FREE OF STONES, STUMPS, ROOTS, OR ANY OTHER OBJECT THAT IS LARGER THAN TWO INCHES. THE SOIL MAY CONSIST OF EXISTING SOIL, FURNISHED SOIL, OR A COMBINATION OF BOTH PROVIDED THAT IT MEETS THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: THOROUGHLY MIX THE BIORETENTION SOIL PRIOR TO PLACEMENT. TEST AND ADJUST THE PH AS PER CMS 659.02.B. ALL SAND USED SHALL MEET CMS 203.02.H, NATURAL GRANULAR MATERIALS. PLACE THE SOIL IN 12 INCH LIFTS AND CONSOLIDATE BY WATERING UNTIL SATURATED. CONSTRUCT THE UNDERDRAIN SYSTEM AS PER CMS 605. PLACE THE GRANULAR BACKFILL MATERIAL TO THE INVERT OF THE BIORETENTION SOIL. ENSURE A MINIMUM OF 2 INCHES OF GRANULAR COVER OVER THE UNDERDRAIN PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF THE BIORETENTION SOIL. PLACE OBSERVATION WELLS AND CLEANOUTS WHERE SHOWN IN THE PLANS. CONNECT

PH RANGE: 5.2-7.0

COMPOSITION BY VOLUME

4 PARTS SAND – CMS FINE AGGREGATE AS PER 703

2 PARTS COMPOST – CMS 659.06

2 PARTS TOPSOIL – CMS 659.05

Page 220: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix C – Sample Plan Notes

January 2006

THE WELLS/CLEANOUTS TO THE PERFORATED UNDERDRAIN WITH THE APPROPRIATE MANUFACTURED CONNECTIONS. THE WELLS/CLEANOUTS SHALL EXTEND 6 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP ELEVATION OF THE BIORETENTION FACILITY MULCH. CAP THE WELLS/CLEANOUTS WITH A THREADED SCREW CAP. CAP THE ENDS OF UNDERDRAIN PIPES NOT TERMINATING IN AN OBSERVATION WELL/CLEANOUT OR CONNECTED TO OTHER CONDUITS. PLACE TREES, SHRUBS, AND OTHER PLANT MATERIALS SPECIFIED FOR BIORETENTION FACILITIES AS SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS. PLANT MATERIALS WILL BE MEASURED AND PAID FOR PER CMS ITEM 661. APPLY NO PESTICIDES, HERBICIDES, AND FERTILIZERS DURING PLANTING, ESTABLISHMENT, OR MAINTENANCE UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES. BIORETENTION CELLS WILL BE PAID FOR AS ITEM SPECIAL, BIORETENTION CELL AT THE CONTRACT BID LUMP SUM PRICE. THE PAYMENT WILL BE FULL COMPENSATION FOR ALL APPLICABLE INCIDENTALS NECESSARY TO SATISFACTORILY COMPLETE THE WORK. Designer Note: This plan note shall be used on all projects that have bioretention cell(s) identified in the plan. Embankment work to create the impoundment will be constructed and paid for as Item 203 Embankment, using natural soils, 703.16.A.

W102 INFILTRATION TRENCH (OR BASIN)

THIS PLAN UTILIZES INFILTRATION FOR POST CONSTRUCTION STORM WATER TREATMENT. CONSTRUCT THE COMPLETED INFILTRATION TRENCH(ES) (AND OR BASIN(S)) AFTER ALL CONTRIBUTING DRAINAGE AREAS ARE STABILIZED AS SHOWN IN THE CONTRACT PLANS AND TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. DO NOT USE INFILTRATION DEVICES AS TEMPORARY SEDIMENT CONTROL FACILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT OPERATE HEAVY EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE PERIMETER OF AN INFILTRATION DEVICE DURING EXCAVATION OR BACKFILLING OF THE FACILITY. Designer Note: This plan note shall be used on all projects that have infiltration trenches and or basins identified in the plan. Embankment work to create the impoundment will be constructed and paid for as Item 203 Embankment, using natural soils, 703.16.A.

W103 MANUFACTURED WATER QUALITY STRUCTURE

THIS PLAN UTILIZES MANUFACTURED WATER QUALITY STRUCTURES FOR WATER QUALITY TREATMENT. AREAS HAVE BEEN SHOWN IN THE PLANS FOR PLACEMENT OF AN OFF-LINE SYSTEM. PAYMENT FOR THESE DEVICES SHALL BE MADE AT THE CONTRACT UNIT PRICE FOR ITEM 895, MANUFACTURED WATER QUALITY STRUCTURE, TYPE ____. Designer Note: This plan note shall be used on all projects that have manufactured water quality structures identified in the plan. If more than one manufactured water quality structure is provided in the plans, a table shall be provided to indicate the location and type of each structure used. Supplemental specification 895 outlines the different types of structures (1-4). Manufactured systems may not be used without approval of the Hydraulics Section through a feasibility study. Contact the Hydraulics Section for an area dimension that shall be shown in the plan.

Page 221: OHIO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION...Transmitted herewith is revisions to the Location and Design Manual, Volume 2. All revisions are indicated by a solid vertical bar to the left or

Appendix D-Drainage Design Aids

July 2002

Drainage Design Aids